CA2428595A1 - Staphylococcus aureus protein staau_r2, gene encoding it and uses thereof - Google Patents
Staphylococcus aureus protein staau_r2, gene encoding it and uses thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2428595A1 CA2428595A1 CA002428595A CA2428595A CA2428595A1 CA 2428595 A1 CA2428595 A1 CA 2428595A1 CA 002428595 A CA002428595 A CA 002428595A CA 2428595 A CA2428595 A CA 2428595A CA 2428595 A1 CA2428595 A1 CA 2428595A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- polypeptide
- staau
- seq
- fragment
- compound
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 238
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 title abstract description 181
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 title description 13
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 500
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 475
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 459
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 claims abstract description 71
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 200
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 160
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 151
- 101710115267 ATP synthase protein MI25 Proteins 0.000 claims description 93
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 92
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 89
- 241001186872 Staphylococcus virus 44AHJD Species 0.000 claims description 75
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 74
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 claims description 63
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 59
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 53
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 36
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 claims description 34
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 claims description 34
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 32
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 29
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 29
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 22
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 17
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000002866 fluorescence resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000002875 fluorescence polarization Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 108091006086 inhibitor proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000002821 scintillation proximity assay Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 abstract description 195
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 abstract description 195
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 abstract description 195
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 abstract description 63
- 238000007878 drug screening assay Methods 0.000 abstract description 3
- 108010072285 growth inhibitory proteins Proteins 0.000 abstract description 2
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 172
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 85
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 82
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 44
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 41
- 241000543700 Staphylococcus virus Twort Species 0.000 description 39
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 39
- 108010070675 Glutathione transferase Proteins 0.000 description 38
- 102000005720 Glutathione transferase Human genes 0.000 description 38
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 38
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 37
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 36
- 101000708522 Marchantia polymorpha Uncharacterized mitochondrial protein ymf1 Proteins 0.000 description 35
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 35
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 27
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 26
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 24
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 22
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 21
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 19
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 19
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 19
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 19
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 18
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 17
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 14
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 13
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 11
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 11
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 11
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000004543 DNA replication Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 10
- YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 10
- -1 F Species 0.000 description 9
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 9
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 9
- 101710134973 Uncharacterized 9.7 kDa protein in cox-rep intergenic region Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 101100152881 Arabidopsis thaliana THAL gene Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 7
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108700039887 Essential Genes Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 7
- 238000001086 yeast two-hybrid system Methods 0.000 description 7
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 6
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 5
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 5
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 5
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 5
- PXXJHWLDUBFPOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzamidine Chemical compound NC(=N)C1=CC=CC=C1 PXXJHWLDUBFPOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 5
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 4
- 108091027305 Heteroduplex Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 4
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 4
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 108010085220 Multiprotein Complexes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000007474 Multiprotein Complexes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007877 drug screening Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000010399 physical interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002731 protein assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 208000031729 Bacteremia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000588807 Bordetella Species 0.000 description 3
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710094648 Coat protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004594 DNA Polymerase I Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010017826 DNA Polymerase I Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100021181 Golgi phosphoprotein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101710125418 Major capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710141454 Nucleoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710083689 Probable capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101150049909 R2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 241001137784 Staphylococcus virus G1 Species 0.000 description 3
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000194017 Streptococcus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006287 biotinylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007413 biotinylation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 101150104165 dnaN gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000695 excitation spectrum Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 3
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 230000001902 propagating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006916 protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003158 yeast two-hybrid assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000063299 Bacillus subtilis Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010077805 Bacterial Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000589968 Borrelia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000589562 Brucella Species 0.000 description 2
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000606161 Chlamydia Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000186216 Corynebacterium Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010071146 DNA Polymerase III Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007528 DNA Polymerase III Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241000724791 Filamentous phage Species 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010001515 Galectin 4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100039556 Galectin-4 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101150009006 HIS3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010025076 Holoenzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000862 Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006137 Luria-Bertani broth Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000016604 Lyme disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000009906 Meningitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZYFVNVRFVHJEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N PicoGreen Chemical compound CN(C)CCCN(CCCN(C)C)C1=CC(=CC2=[N+](C3=CC=CC=C3S2)C)C2=CC=CC=C2N1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZYFVNVRFVHJEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000600488 Pinus strobus Putative phosphoglycerate kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100394989 Rhodopseudomonas palustris (strain ATCC BAA-98 / CGA009) hisI gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000235070 Saccharomyces Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000607768 Shigella Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010048038 Wound infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940126575 aminoglycoside Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940124350 antibacterial drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011325 biochemical measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011148 calcium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013611 chromosomal DNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001332 colony forming effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010205 computational analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M coomassie brilliant blue Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(OCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dATP Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1CC(O)C(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N dATP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J dCTP(4-) Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O)[C@@H](O)C1 RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J 0.000 description 2
- HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N dGTP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N dTTP Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012149 elution buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010014665 endocarditis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009585 enzyme analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007421 fluorometric assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006251 gamma-carboxylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009422 growth inhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009036 growth inhibition Effects 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000033444 hydroxylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005805 hydroxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N isopropyl beta-D-thiogalactopyranoside Chemical compound CC(C)S[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012804 iterative process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002611 lead compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001840 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation time-of-flight mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960003085 meticillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002547 new drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940046166 oligodeoxynucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002960 penicillins Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004260 plant-type cell wall biogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000023603 positive regulation of transcription initiation, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004445 quantitative analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver(1+) nitrate Chemical compound [Ag+].[O-]N(=O)=O SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PTLRDCMBXHILCL-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium arsenite Chemical compound [Na+].[O-][As]=O PTLRDCMBXHILCL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000019635 sulfation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005670 sulfation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- YMXHPSHLTSZXKH-RVBZMBCESA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 5-[(3as,4s,6ar)-2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl]pentanoate Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@H]2NC(=O)N[C@H]2CS1)CCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O YMXHPSHLTSZXKH-RVBZMBCESA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N (9Z)-octadecen-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCO ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 0 *C=C[*@@]1*CCC1 Chemical compound *C=C[*@@]1*CCC1 0.000 description 1
- WWYFPDXEIFBNKE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-carboxybenzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=C(C([O-])=O)C=C1 WWYFPDXEIFBNKE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OPIFSICVWOWJMJ-AEOCFKNESA-N 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl beta-D-galactoside Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=CNC2=CC=C(Br)C(Cl)=C12 OPIFSICVWOWJMJ-AEOCFKNESA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 5-oxo-L-proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCC(=O)N1 ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005730 ADP ribosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000589291 Acinetobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606750 Actinobacillus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186361 Actinobacteria <class> Species 0.000 description 1
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-N Adenosine triphosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000242764 Aequorea victoria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607534 Aeromonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000002109 Argyria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000972773 Aulopiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193738 Bacillus anthracis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193755 Bacillus cereus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000870242 Bacillus phage Nf Tail knob protein gp9 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020000946 Bacterial DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700003860 Bacterial Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588779 Bordetella bronchiseptica Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282817 Bovidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589876 Campylobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222120 Candida <Saccharomycetales> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222122 Candida albicans Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100037182 Cation-independent mannose-6-phosphate receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710145225 Cation-independent mannose-6-phosphate receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930186147 Cephalosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108090000317 Chymotrypsin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004638 Circular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588919 Citrobacter freundii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193403 Clostridium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193155 Clostridium botulinum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193468 Clostridium perfringens Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193449 Clostridium tetani Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010010741 Conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000010567 DNA Polymerase II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010063113 DNA Polymerase II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710160937 DNA replication protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000007023 DNA restriction-modification system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010053770 Deoxyribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016911 Deoxyribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000009007 Diagnostic Kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588914 Enterobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000520130 Enterococcus durans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194032 Enterococcus faecalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194031 Enterococcus faecium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186811 Erysipelothrix Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588722 Escherichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000192125 Firmicutes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000207201 Gardnerella vaginalis Species 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010051815 Glutamyl endopeptidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Glycolate Chemical compound OCC([O-])=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108060003393 Granulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N HA peptide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000606790 Haemophilus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001501603 Haemophilus aegyptius Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606768 Haemophilus influenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606766 Haemophilus parainfluenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010093488 His-His-His-His-His-His Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588748 Klebsiella Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000589248 Legionella Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000007764 Legionnaires' Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000589902 Leptospira Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186781 Listeria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186779 Listeria monocytogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000988 Lysostaphin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N Methicillin Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N2[C@@H](C(O)=O)C(C)(C)S[C@@H]21 RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010059724 Micrococcal Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000588621 Moraxella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010038272 MutS Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000186359 Mycobacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186366 Mycobacterium bovis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186362 Mycobacterium leprae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187917 Mycobacterium ulcerans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000204031 Mycoplasma Species 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000588653 Neisseria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588652 Neisseria gonorrhoeae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588650 Neisseria meningitidis Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000187654 Nocardia Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020004485 Nonsense Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010033078 Otitis media Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000006588 Pleural Empyema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010040201 Polymyxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101000626911 Porphyra purpurea Putative cytochrome c-type biogenesis protein DbsD-like Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000588769 Proteus <enterobacteria> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588770 Proteus mirabilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588767 Proteus vulgaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589517 Pseudomonas aeruginosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000010357 RNA editing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026279 RNA modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003559 RNA-seq method Methods 0.000 description 1
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000606701 Rickettsia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606695 Rickettsia rickettsii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000293871 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000242583 Scyphozoa Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000607720 Serratia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607717 Serratia liquefaciens Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607764 Shigella dysenteriae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607762 Shigella flexneri Species 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000605008 Spirillum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000295644 Staphylococcaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010041925 Staphylococcal infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000191963 Staphylococcus epidermidis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001478878 Streptobacillus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193985 Streptococcus agalactiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001505901 Streptococcus sp. 'group A' Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193990 Streptococcus sp. 'group B' Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001468181 Streptococcus sp. 'group C' Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194005 Streptococcus sp. 'group G' Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001655322 Streptomycetales Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020005038 Terminator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- WKDDRNSBRWANNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thienamycin Natural products C1C(SCCN)=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)C(C(O)C)C21 WKDDRNSBRWANNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004566 Transfer RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000589886 Treponema Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589884 Treponema pallidum Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010059993 Vancomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607598 Vibrio Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607626 Vibrio cholerae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000607734 Yersinia <bacteria> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607479 Yersinia pestis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606834 [Haemophilus] ducreyi Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000011481 absorbance measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012637 allosteric effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005571 anion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000617156 archaeon Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000010516 arginylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002820 assay format Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011888 autopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940065181 bacillus anthracis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010065 bacterial adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003287 bathing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003833 bile salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093761 bile salts Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002306 biochemical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003592 biomimetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095731 candida albicans Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005277 cation exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000114 cell free in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091092356 cellular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004640 cellular pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124587 cephalosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001780 cephalosporins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005091 chloramphenicol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N chloramphenicol Chemical compound ClC(Cl)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002376 chymotrypsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013599 cloning vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000975 co-precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009137 competitive binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012050 conventional carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004087 cornea Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002716 delivery method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000017858 demethylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010520 demethylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000633 dextran sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000676 disease causative agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003221 ear drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940047652 ear drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010003914 endoproteinase Asp-N Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007824 enzymatic assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011067 equilibration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008029 eradication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940023064 escherichia coli Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012869 ethanol precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003889 eye drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940012356 eye drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003885 eye ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004129 fatty acid metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005558 fluorometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124307 fluoroquinolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940014144 folate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N folic acid Chemical compound C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011724 folic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019152 folic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000022244 formylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006170 formylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002825 functional assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003278 haem Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940047650 haemophilus influenzae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003709 heart valve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000710 homodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004191 hydrophobic interaction chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012872 hydroxylapatite chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002182 imipenem Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZSKVGTPCRGIANV-ZXFLCMHBSA-N imipenem Chemical compound C1C(SCC\N=C\N)=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)C)[C@H]21 ZSKVGTPCRGIANV-ZXFLCMHBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026045 iodination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006192 iodination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930027917 kanamycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182823 kanamycin A Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041028 lincosamides Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- XIXADJRWDQXREU-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium acetate Chemical compound [Li+].CC([O-])=O XIXADJRWDQXREU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108010026228 mRNA guanylyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003120 macrolide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041033 macrolides Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000015688 methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940041009 monobactams Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004570 mortar (masonry) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051866 mouthwash Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108091005763 multidomain proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000150 mutagenicity / genotoxicity testing Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000007498 myristoylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000006225 natural substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010807 negative regulation of binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001668 nucleic acid synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003883 ointment base Substances 0.000 description 1
- XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N oleyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCO XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940055577 oleyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150040063 orf gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000399 orthopedic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007918 pathogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940080469 phosphocellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150060505 polC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940041153 polymyxins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GUUBJKMBDULZTE-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+].OCCN1CCN(CCS(O)(=O)=O)CC1 GUUBJKMBDULZTE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000013823 prenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009145 protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940007042 proteus vulgaris Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001938 protoplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940043131 pyroglutamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012207 quantitative assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101710197907 rDNA transcriptional regulator pol5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006340 racemization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005258 radioactive decay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004153 renaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008521 reorganization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940075118 rickettsia rickettsii Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019515 salmon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003345 scintillation counting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006152 selective media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000582 semen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940007046 shigella dysenteriae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910001961 silver nitrate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 201000009890 sinusitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000814 tetanus toxoid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940040944 tetracyclines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002110 toxicologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000759 toxicological effect Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014621 translational initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- IEDVJHCEMCRBQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethoprim Chemical compound COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC(CC=2C(=NC(N)=NC=2)N)=C1 IEDVJHCEMCRBQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001082 trimethoprim Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical class [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 1
- HRXKRNGNAMMEHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium citrate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O HRXKRNGNAMMEHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038773 trisodium citrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000010396 two-hybrid screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010798 ubiquitination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000034512 ubiquitination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009452 underexpressoin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002485 urinary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 description 1
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N vancomycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=C2C=C3C=C1OC1=CC=C(C=C1Cl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](C3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C=3C(O)=CC=C1C=3)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(C(=C1)Cl)O2)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC)[C@H]1C[C@](C)(N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003165 vancomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N vancomycin Natural products O1C(C(=C2)Cl)=CC=C2C(O)C(C(NC(C2=CC(O)=CC(O)=C2C=2C(O)=CC=C3C=2)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C3NC(=O)C2NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC)C(O)C(C=C3Cl)=CC=C3OC3=CC2=CC1=C3OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1OC1CC(C)(N)C(O)C(C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003026 viability measurement method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/536—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with immune complex formed in liquid phase
- G01N33/542—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with immune complex formed in liquid phase with steric inhibition or signal modification, e.g. fluorescent quenching
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/195—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria
- C07K14/305—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria from Micrococcaceae (F)
- C07K14/31—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria from Micrococcaceae (F) from Staphylococcus (G)
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/569—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for microorganisms, e.g. protozoa, bacteria, viruses
- G01N33/56911—Bacteria
- G01N33/56938—Staphylococcus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Investigating Or Analysing Materials By Optical Means (AREA)
- Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
Abstract
This invention relates to newly identified polynucleotides and polypeptides, and their production and uses, as well as their variants, agonists and antagonists, and their uses. In particular, the invention relates to specific interaction between the S. aureus STAAU_R2 related protein or specific regions thereof, and growth-inhibitory proteins encoded by the S. aureus bacteriophage genome. The invention relates to the use of these interaction target sites as the basis of drug screening assays.
Description
TITLE OF THE INVENTION
COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS INVOLVING AN ESSENTIAL .
STAPHYLOCOCCUS AUREUS GENE AND ITS ENCODED PROTEIN
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The invention relates to bacterial genes and proteins that are implicated in the process of DNA replication and also to bacteriophage genes and their protein products that interact with bacterial proteins of DNA
replication. More particularly, the invention relates to compositions and methods involving an essential Staphylococcus aureus gene and its encoded protein STAAU_R2. In addition, the invention relates to screening assays to identify compounds which modulate the level and/or activity of STAAU_R2 and to such compounds.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The Staphylococci make up a medically important genera of microbes known to cause several types of diseases in humans. S. aureus is a Gram positive organism which can be found on the skin of healthy human hosts and it is responsible for a large number of bacteremias.
S. aureus has been successfully treated with the penicillin derivative Methicillin in the past, but is now becoming increasingly resistant (MRSA - Methicillin Resistant S. aureus) to this antibiotic [Harbath et al., (1998) Arch. Intern. Med. 158: 182-189]. For example, S. aureus endocarditis mortality can range from 26-45%, and combined f3-lactam/aminoglycoside therapy is proving increasingly ineffective in disease eradication [Rr~der et al., (1999) Arch.
Intern. Med. 159: 462-469].
It is no longer uncommon to isolate S. aureus strains which are resistant to most of the standard antibiotics, and thus there is an unmet medical need and demand for new anti-microbial agents, vaccines, drug screening methods, and diagnostic tests for this organism. Antibiotics can be grouped into broad classes of activities against surprisingly few targets within the cell.
Generally, the target molecule is a cellular protein that provides' an essential function. The inhibition of activity of the essential protein leads either to death of the bacterial cell or to its inability to proliferate. Critical cellular functions against which antibiotics are currently in use include cell wall synthesis, folate and fatty acid metabolism, protein synthesis, and nucleic acid synthesis.
A proven approach in the discovery of a new drug, referred to as target-based drug discovery to distinguish it from cell-based drug discovery, is to obtain a target protein and to develop in vitro assays to interfere with the biological function of the protein. Nucleic acid metabolism is essential for all cells.
The DNA synthesis machinery includes a number of proteins that act in concert to achieve rapid and highly processive replication of the chromosome in bacteria [reviewed in Kornberg, A., and Baker, T.A. 1992, DNA Replication, Second edition, New York: W.H. Freeman and Company, pp. 165-194]. As described below for DNA polymerase III, biological machines are often comprised of multiprotein complexes. Coordinated interactions among proteins of the bacterial primosome and replisome are essential to their efficiency. Thus, any members of essential multiprotein complexes are hypothetical targets for drug development.
However, the fact that a protein can be associated with a certain biological function does not necessarily imply that it represents a suitable target for the development of new drugs [brews J. 2000, Science 287:1960-1964]. For instance, although DNA replication is a well-known and essential process for bacterial growth, only a relatively small number of DNA replication proteins are targeted by currently-available antibiotics. Importantly, screening of compounds for those that inhibit the function of a target must be preferably rapid and selective.
There thus remains a need to identify new bacterial targets and new target domains, and more particularly S. aureus bacterial targets which could be used to screen for and identify antibacterial and more particularly anti-S.
aureus agents. There also remains a need to identify new antimicrobial agents, vaccines, drug screening methods and diagnosis and therapeutic methods.
The present invention seeks to meet these and other needs.
The present description refers to a number of documents, the content of which is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to new antimicrobial agents, vaccines, drug screening methods and diagnosis and therapeutic methods.
More particularly, the invention relates to proteins which interact with STAAU R2 and in particular to bacterial growth-inhibitory (or inhibitor) bacteriophage gene products that interacts with the S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide.
The invention also relates to a pair of interaction proteins and parts or fragments thereof. More specifically, the invention relates to the interacting domains of the S. aureus STAAU_R2 related protein and to proteins which interact with same and block or inhibit a STAAU_R2 biological activity.
In a particular embodiment, the invention relates to a pair of interacting domains comprised of that of STAAU_R2 and a polypeptide encoded by a bacteriophage ORF which specifically interacts with STAAU R2, such asthe S. aureus bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, or G1 ORF 240. In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, the interaction of these domains and a modulation thereof forms the basis for screening assays to identify modulators of STAAU_R2 biological function and more particularly of antimicrobials.
The present invention also relates to polynucleotides and polypeptides of a multiprotein complex believed to be involved in DNA
replication containing STAAU R2 as a subunit, as well as variants and portions thereof.
In another aspect, the invention relates to methods for using such polypeptides and polynucleotides, including treatment and diagnosis of microbial diseases, amongst others.
In a further aspect, the invention relates to methods for identifying agonists and antagonists using the materials provided by the invention.
In a related aspect, the invention relates to methods for treating microbial infections and conditions associated with such infections with the identified agonist or antagonist.
In a still further aspect, the invention relates to diagnostic assays for detecting diseases associated with microbial infections and conditions associated with such infections. In one embodiment, the diagnostic assay detects STAAU R2 expression and/or activity.
In one particular embodiment of the invention, there is provided a method of identifying a compound that is active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, biologically active fragment, or variant thereof, wherein SEQ ID N0:2, biologically active fragment, or variant thereof is capable of binding specifically with a polypeptide comprising the sequence selected from SEQ ID NOs:4, 6, 8 and 70, a biologically active fragment thereof, and variant thereof, wherein the fragment or variant retain their binding capability of specifically interacting with SEQ ID N0:2 or fragment or variant thereof.
In one preferred embodiment of the invention, the identification of a compound active on a STAAU R2 polypeptide is provided by a method comprising: contacting a first and a second polypeptide in the presence or absence of a candidate compound, wherein the first polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment or variant thereof which specifically bind to a second polypeptide derived from a bacteriophage ORF
which is capable of binding specifically with SEQ ID N0:2, fragment, or variant thereof.
In one particular embodiment, the second polypeptide is selected from the group d _5_ consisting of a phage ORF (e.g. SEQ ID NO: 4 and 6), a fragment thereof (e.g.
SEQ ID NO: 8) or variant thereof (e.g. SEQ ID NO 10), wherein this second polypeptide maintains its biological activity; and detecting a biological activity of the first and/or second polypeptide, wherein a decrease in the biological activity in the presence thereof relative to the biological activity in the absence of the candidate compound identifies the candidate compound as a compound that is active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID N0:2, fragment or variant thereof.
In one particular embodiment, the biological activity is the binding of the first and second polypeptides to each other, the method comprising:
contacting an assay mixture comprising a) a first polypeptide which comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID N0:2 or a biologically active fragment thereof, or variant thereof, and b) a second polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID N0:4, 6, 8, 10, a fragment thereof, and a variant thereof; with a test compound; measuring the binding of the first and the second polypeptides in the presence of the candidate compound relative to the binding in the absence thereof and; determining the ability of the candidate compound to interact with a STAAU_R2 polypeptide or variant thereof, wherein a decrease in the binding of the first and the second polypeptides in the presence of the candidate compound that interacts with STAAU_R2, relative to the binding in the absence of the candidate compound, identifies the candidate compound as a compound that is active on a STAAU R2 polypeptide.
In another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a process for producing a pharmaceutical composition comprising: a) carrying out a screening assay of the present invention aimed at identifying a compound that is active on a STAAU R2 polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID N0:2, biologically active fragment, or variant thereof, wherein the STAAU R2 polypeptide is capable of binding specifically with a second polypeptide derived from a bacteriophage ORF, and wherein the screening assay enables the identification of a candidate compound as a compound that is active on a STAAU R2 polypeptide; and b) mixing the compound identified in a) to a suitable pharmaceutical carrier. In a further embodiment of this process of producing a pharmaceutical composition, the process further includes a scaling-up of the preparation for isolating of the identified compound active on the STAAU_R2 polypeptide. In yet another embodiment of this process of producing a pharmaceutical composition, the pharmaceutical composition prepared comprises a derivative or homolog of the compound identified in a).
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided one of a use of a) a STAAU_R2 polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID N0:2, a biologically active fragment thereof or variant .
thereof, wherein SEQ ID N0:2, biologically active fragment thereof or variant thereof (e.g. the STAAU_R2 polypeptide) is capable of binding specifically to a polypeptide derived from a bacteriophage ORF, b) a composition comprising a pair of specifically interacting domains comprised of a polypeptide of STAAU_R2, biologically active fragment thereof or variant thereof and a polypeptide encoded by a bacteriophage ORF which specifically interacts with STAAU_R2; or c) an assay mixture comprising a first polypeptide which comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID N0:2, biologically active fragment thereof or variant thereof and a second polypeptide encoded by a bacteriophage ORF which specifically, interact with each other; for the identification of a compound that is active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID N0:2, biologically active fragment thereof or variant thereof. In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, the bacteriophage polypeptide sequence is selected from the group consisting of SEQ NOs: 4, 6, 8, 10, a fragment thereof and a variant thereof, wherein the fragment thereof or variant thereof retain their specific binding capability to STAAU_R2 polypeptide.
_7_ In one embodiment, the step of detecting comprises the step of measuring the binding of the first and second proteins, wherein the first or the second protein is directly or indirectly detectably labeled.
In different embodiments, the step of detecting comprises, but is no limited to, measurement by the method selected from the group consisting of fluorescence resonance energy transfer, fluorescence polarization changes, measurement by surface plasmon resonance, a scintillation proximity assay, a biosensor assay, and phage display.
In one embodiment, a library of compounds is used. Non-limiting examples of candidate compounds include a small molecule, a peptidomimetic compound, a peptide, and a fragment or derivative of a bacteriophage inhibitor protein.
In one embodiment, the candidate compound is a peptide synthesized by expression systems and purified, or artificially synthesized.
The invention also encompasses a method of identifying an antimicrobial agent comprising determining whether a test compound is active on a S. aureus polypeptide, namely STAAU R2 as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 2, or parts thereof.
In a further embodiment, identifying a compound active on a STAAIJ_R2 polypeptide is provided by a method which comprises: contacting a candidate compound with a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2; a fragment thereof or a variant thereof, the fragment or variant retaining its biological activity (e.g. it specifically binds one of the sequences selected from SEQ ID NOs: 4, 6, 8, 10, fragment thereof, or variant thereof (SEQ
ID NO: 10)), and detecting binding of the candidate compound thereto, wherein detection of binding is indicative that the compound is active on the polypeptide.
In different embodiments, the step of detecting includes measuring the binding of a candidate compound to the polypeptide, wherein the compound is directly or indirectly detectably labeled, by a method comprising, but _$_ not limited to, fluorescence resonance energy transfer, fluorescence polarization changes, measurement by surface plasmon resonance, scintillation proximity assay, biosensor assay, and phage display.
In one embodiment, a library of compounds is used. Non limiting examples of candidate compound include a small molecule, a peptidomimetic compound, a peptide, and a fragment or derivative of a bacteriophage inhibitor protein.
In one embodiment, the candidate compound is a peptide synthesized by expression systems and purified, or artificially synthesized.
The invention further encompasses a method of identifying a . compound that is active on a STAAU_R2 polypeptide, comprising the steps of contacting a candidate compound (or library thereof) with cells expressing a polypeptide comprising SEQ ID NO: 2; and detecting STAAU_R2 activity in the cells, wherein a decrease in activity relative to STAAU_R2 activity in cells not contacted with a candidate compound is indicative of inhibition of STAAU R2 activity. The invention also encompasses such a method but using a fragment or variant of SEQ ID N0:2.
Of course, the invention further encompasses methods of identifying a compound that modulates the activity of a STAAU R2 polypeptide, wherein a compound increasing the activity relative to STAAU R2 activity in cells not contacted with the candidate compound, is selected as a compound which is a stimulator of STAAU R2 activity.
In a preferred embodiment, the step of detecting comprises a method of measuring the ability of a candidate, test compounds, or agents to stimulate or preferably to inhibit a STAAU_R2 molecule's ability to modulate DNA
synthesis (such assays are described in more detail hereinbelow).
The invention further encompasses a method of identifying a compound that is active on a STAAU R2 polypeptide, comprising the steps of _g_ contacting a candidate compound (or library thereof) in a cell-free assay, with a STAAU_R2 protein or biologically active portion thereof, either naturally occurring or recombinant in origin; and detecting STAAU_R2 activity, wherein a decrease in activity relative to STAAU_R2 activity in cell-free assay not contacted with a candidate compound is indicative of inhibition of STAAU R2 activity.
In a preferred embodiment, the step of detecting comprises a method of measuring the ability of a candidate compound, test compounds, or agents to stimulate,, or preferably to inhibit a STAAU_R2 molecule's ability to modulate DNA synthesis (such assays are described in more detail hereinbelow).
The invention further encompasses an agonist or an antagonist of the activity of a STAAU_R2 polypeptide or a nucleic acid or gene encoding the polypeptide.
The assays described herein may be used as initial or primary screens to detect promising lead compounds for further development. The same assays may also be used in a secondary screening assay to measure the activity of candidate compounds on a STAAU_R2 polypeptide. Often, lead compounds will be further assessed in additional, different screens. This invention also includes secondary STAAU R2 screens which may involve biological assays utilizing S. aureus strains or other suitable bacteria. , Tertiary screens may involve the study of the effect of the agent in an animal. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to further use an agent identified as described herein in an appropriate animal model. For example, an test compound identified as described herein (e.g., a STAAU R2 inhibiting agent, an antisense STAAU R2 nucleic acid molecule, a STAAU_R2-specific antibody, or a STAAU R2-binding partner) can be used in an animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, or side effects of treatment with such an agent.
Alternatively, an agent identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the mechanism of action of such an agent. Furthermore, this invention pertains to uses of novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays for treatment (e.g. bacterial infections), as described herein.
The invention further encompasses a method of making an antibacterial compound, comprising the steps of: a) determining whether a candidate compound is active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment or variant thereof, or a gene encoding the polypeptide; and b) synthesizing or purifying the candidate compound in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic effect when administered to an organism infected by a bacterium naturally producing a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment or variant thereof.
The invention further encompasses a method for inhibiting a bacterium, comprising contacting the bacterium with a compound active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment or variant thereof, or a nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide.
In one embodiment, the step of contacting is performed in vitro.
In another embodiment, the step of contactirig is performed in vivo in an animal.
In another embodiment, bacterium is contacted with the active compound in combination with existing antimicrobial agents. Thus, the invention also relates to antimicrobial compositions comprising a compound of the present invention in combination with an existing antimicrobial agent. Of course, more than one active compound of the present invention could be combined with or without existing antimicrobial agent(s).
The invention further encompasses a method for treating or preventing a bacterial infection in an animal suffering from an infection or susceptible of suffering from same, comprising administering thereto a therapeutically effective amount of a compound active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, variant or fragment thereof, or nucleic acid sequence encoding same. The animal is preferably, but not necessarily a mammal, and more preferably a human. In one embodiment, the active compound is administred to the animal in combination with existing antimicrobial agents. Thus, the invention also relates to antimicrobial compositions comprising a compound of the present invention in combination with an existing antimicrobial agent.
The invention further encompasses a method of prophylactic treatment to prevent bacterial infection comprising contacting an indwelling device with a compound active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, variant or fragment thereof before its implantation into a mammal, such contacting being sufficient to prevent S. aureus infection at the site of implantation.
The invention further encompasses a method of prophylactic treatment to prevent infection of an animal by a bacterium comprising administering to the animal a prophylactically effective amount of a compound that is active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, variant or fragment thereof or a gene encoding the polypeptide in an amount sufficient to prevent infection of the animal. In a particular embodiment, the prophylactically effective amount reduces adhesion of the bacterium to a tissue surface of the mammal.
The invention further encompasses a method of diagnosing in an animal an infection with S. aureus, comprising: determining the presence in the animal of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, part thereof, variant thereof, fragment thereof, epitope thereof or nucleic acid encoding same. Preferably the polypeptide is capable of specifically interacting with at least one of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168 or G1 ORF 240. Preferably, the animal is a human.
In one embodiment, the determining step comprises contacting a biological sample of the animal or individual with an antibody specific for an epitope present on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, variant or fragment thereof.
The invention further encompasses a method of diagnosing in an animal or individual an infection with Staphylococcus aureus, comprising determining the presence in the animal or individual of a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, variant or fragment thereof, wherein the polypeptide is capable of specifically interaction with at least one of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168 or G1 ORF 240.
In one embodiment, the determining step comprises contacting a nucleic acid sample of the animal or individual with an isolated, , purified or enriched nucleic acid probe of at least 15 nucleotides in length that hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions with the sequence of SEQ
ID
NO: 1, or the complement thereof.
The invention further encompasses a composition comprising two polypeptides, a bacteriophage-encoded polypeptide and a S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide corresponding to SEQ ID NO: 2. In another embodiment, the invention encompasses a composition comprising two interacting polypeptides derived from a bacteriophage encoded polypeptide and a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide. As such, the invention encompasses a composition comprising two nucleic acid sequences encoding these interacting polypeptides.
Further features and advantages of the invention will become more fully apparent in the following description of the embodiments and drawings thereof, and from the claims.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Having thus generally described the invention, reference will now be made to the accompanying drawings, showing by way of illustration a preferred embodiment thereof, and in which:
J
Fig. 1 shows the nucleotide (SEQ ID NO: 1) and amino acid (SEQ ID NO: 2) sequences of S. aureus STAAU R2.
Fig. 2 shows the nucleotide and the amino acid sequences of S. aureus bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, a 36 amino acids fragment derived from Twort ORF 168 and G1 ORF 240.
Fig. 3 shows the bacterial inhibitory potential of bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25 or Twort ORF168 and the expression vector used to induce their expression in S. aureus. A) Schematic diagram of arsenite-inducible expression vector (e.g. for pT/ORF and pTM/ORF) used to induce expression of ~
44AHJD ORF 25 or Twort ORF168 in S. aureus cells; B) Results of an assay for inhibitory potential of 44AHJD ORF 25 or Twort ORF168 when expressed in S.
aureus grown in liquid medium followed by plating on semi-solid medium either containing or not containing the antibiotic (30 ug/ml of kanamycin) necessary to maintain the selective pressure for the plasmid.
Fig. 4 depicts the results from affinity chromatography using GST and GST/44AHJD ORF 25 as ligands with a S. aureus extract prepared by French pressure cell lysis and sonication. Eluates from affinity columns containing the GST and GST/ORF25 ligands at 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml resin were resolved by SDS-12.5% PAGE. Proteins were visualized by silver staining. Micro-columns were sequentially eluted with 100 mM ACB containing 0.1 % Triton X-100, 1 M NaCI ACB, and 1 % SDS (SDS-PAGE only shows for 1 % SDS). Each molecular weight marker is approximately 100 ng. The lanes labeled ACB
indicate eluates from a 2.0 mg/ml ligand column loaded only with ACB buffer containing 75 mM NaCI. The arrow designated PT 48 indicates protein specifically interacting with 44AHJD ORF 25. Band corresponding to PT 48 was excised for protein identification.
Fig. 5 shows results of a tryptic peptide mass spectrum of the PT 48 protein that interacted with 44AHJD ORF 25 and that was eluted with 1 SDS. The control band (designated PT48C in Figure 4) excised from the 48 kDA
region did not contain PT 48.
Fig. 6 shows the identification of PT 48 (herein STAAU_R2) as S. aureus DNA-directed DNA polymerise III beta subunit protein from the Genbank database (accession number: 61:15922992).
Fig. 7 shows affinity chromatography using GST/Twort ORF
168 (A) or GST (B) as ligands with a 5.0 mg/ml S. aureus extract. Eluates from affinity columns containing the ligands at 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml resin were resolved by 14% SDS-PAGE and the gel was stained with silver nitrate.
Micro-columns were sequentially eluted with 100 mM ACB containing 0.1 % Triton X-100 (SDS-PAGE not shown), 1 M NaCI ACB, and 1 % SDS. Each molecular weight marker is approximately 200 ng. The lanes labeled ACB indicate eluates from a 2.0 mg/ml ligand column loaded only with ACB buffer containing 100 mM
NaCI. The arrow designated PT50 indicates protein specifically interacting with Twort ORF 168. Band corresponding to PT50 was excised for protein identification.
Fig. 8 shows the tryptic peptide mass spectrum analysis of the PT50 protein interacting with Twort ORF 168. The gel slice containing PT50 contained one protein.
Fig. 9 shows the identification of PT50 (herein STAAU_R2) as S. aureus DNA-directed DNA polymerise III beta subunit protein from the Genbank database (accession number: 61:15922992).
Fig. 10 shows schematic representations of A) the procedure for cloning S. aureus STAAU R2 in the yeast expression vector pGADT7 (pGADSTAAU R2); B) the procedure for cloning phage Twort ORF 168 in the yeast expression vector pGBKT7 (pGBK TwortORF168); and C) the yeast two-hybrid system in three stylized cells expressing either GADSTAAU_R2 (top panel), Twort ORF 168 (middle panel), or both GADSTAAU_R2 and Twort ORF
168 (bottom panel).
-a 5-Fig. 11 shows the results of yeast two hybrid analyses designed to test the interaction of S. aureus STAAU R2 comprising the amino acid of SEQ ID NO: 2 and Twort ORF 168. A) and B). Yeasts were co-transformed with pairs of vectors as indicated above each pair of photographs of Petri plates. Co-transformants were plated in parallel on yeast synthetic medium (SD) supplemented with amino acid drop-out lacking tryptophan and leucine (TL
minus) and on SD supplemented with amino acid drop-out lacking tryptophan, histidine, adenine and leucine (THAL minus). Co-transformants harboring the Twort ORF 168 polypeptide only grew on selective THAL' minus media in the presence of STAAU_R2 (top pairs of petri plates). Co-transformation of these polypeptides with control vectors harboring non-interacting proteins (pGBKLaminC or pGADT7-T) does not result in growth on THAL minus medium.
C) Results of the luminescent [3-galactosidase enzymatic assays with protein extracts from the indicated co-transformants.
Figure 12 shows optimal global and local alignments of Twort ORF168 (SEQ ID NO:6) and the STAAU_R2 interaction domain of Twort ORF168 (SEQ ID NO:B) with that of G1 ORF 240 (SEQ ID NO: 10).
Other objects, advantages and features of the present invention will become more apparent upon reading of the following non-restrictive description of preferred embodiments with reference to the accompanying drawing which is exemplary and should not be interpreted as limiting the scope of the present invention.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT
The invention relates to the discovery of an essential gene and its encoded polypeptide in S. aureus and portions thereof useful for example in screening, diagnostics, and therapeutics. More specifically, the invention also relates to S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptides and polynucleotides as described in greater detail below, and to a pair of polynucleotides encoding a pair of interacting polypeptides, to the pair of polypeptides themselves, or interacting domains thereof. In a particular embodiment, the pair includes a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or interacting domain thereof and a) a 44AHDJ ORF 25 or interacting domain thereof; b) a Twort ORF168 or interacting domain thereof;
or c) a G1 ORF 240 or interacting domain thereof. In one embodiment, the invention relates to STAAU_R2 having the nucleotide and amino acid sequences disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 1 and SEQ ID NO: 2, respectively. The sequences presented as SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2 represent an exemplification of the invention, since those of ordinary skill will recognize that such sequences can be usefully employed in polynucleotides in general, including ribopolynucleotides.
The methodology of two previous inventions (U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/110,992, filed December 3, 1998, and PCT international Application W01999/IB99/02040, filed December 3, 1999) has been used to identify and characterize essential polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences from S. aureus.
Thus, in a particular embodiment of the present invention, the present invention provides polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences isolated from S. aureus that can be used in a drug screening assay to identify compounds with anti-microbial activity. The polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences can be isolated using a method similar to those described herein, or using another method. In addition, such polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences can be chemically synthesized. The identification of these S. aureus sequences as targets for three different bacteriophages validates the approach of the present invention to identify bacterial targets and also validates STAAU_R2 as a key target for antibacterial drug development as well as diagnosis and treatment methods based thereon.
DEFINITIONS
In order to provide a clear and consistent understanding of terms used in the present description, a number of definitions are provided hereinbelow. ' The terminology "active on", with reference to a particular cellular target, such as the product of a particular gene, means that the target is an important part of a cellular pathway which includes that target and that an agent or compound acts on that pathway. Thus, in some cases the agent or compound may act on a component upstream or downstream of the stated target (i.e. indirectly on the target), including a regulator of that pathway or a component of that pathway. In general, an antibacterial agent is active on an essential cellular function, often on a product of an essential gene (i.e. directly on the target).
The terminology "active on" also refers to a measurable effect of the compound on the target it is active on (as compared to the activity of the target in the absence of the compound). The activity referred thereto is any one of a biological activity of one of the polypeptides of the present invention.
As used herein, the terms "inhibit", "inhibition", 'inhibitory", and r "inhibitor" all refer to a function of reducing a biological activity or function. Such reduction in activity or function can, for example, be in connection with a cellular component (e.g., an enzyme), or in connection with a cellular process (e.g., synthesis of a particular protein), or in connection with an overall process of a cell (e.g., cell growth). In reference to cell growth, the inhibitory effects may be bacteriocidal (killing of bacterial cells) or bacteriostatic (i.e. - stopping or at least slowing bacterial cell growth). The latter slows or prevents cell growth such that fewer cells of the strain are produced relative to uninhibited cells over a given time period. From a molecular standpoint, such inhibition may equate with a reduction in the level of, or elimination of, the transcription and/or translation and/or stability of a specific bacterial target(s), and/or reduction or elimination of activity of a particular target biomolecule.
As used herein, the term "STAAU_R2 polypeptide" "dnaN
polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide encompassing S. aureus STAAU_R2 (SEQ
ID NO: 2), variant thereof or an active domain of S. aureus STAAU_R2.As used herein, the term "active domain of S. aureus STAAU_R2", "biologically active polypeptide of STAAU_R2" or the like refers to a polypeptide fragment or portion of S. aureus STAAU_R2 that retains an activity of S. aureus STAAU_R2. The term "STAAU_R2 polypeptide" is meant to encompass S. aureus STAAU_R2 or an active domain of S. aureus STAAU_R2 that is fused to another, non-STAAU_R2 polypeptide sequence.
"STAAU_R2 activity" "polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 2 activity" "dnaN polypeptide activity" or "biological activity"
of STAAU_R2 or other polypeptides of the present invention is defined as a detectable biological activity of a gene, nucleic acid sequence, protein or polypeptide of the present invention. This includes any physiological function attributable to the specific biological activity of STAAU_R2, or phage ORF of the present invention. This includes measurement of the DNA synthesis activities of STAAU_R2 in cells or in vitro. Non-limiting examples of the biological activities may be.made directly or indirectly. STAAU_R2 biological activity, for example, is not limited, however, to its function in DNA synthesis. Biological activities may also include simple binding to other factors (polypeptides or otherwise), including compounds, substrates, and of course interacting proteins. Thus, for STAAU_R2, biological activity includes any standard biochemical measurement of STAAU_R2 such as conformational changes, phosphorylation status or any other feature of the protein that can be measured with techniques known in the art. STAAU_R2 biological activity also includes activities related to STAAU_R2 gene transcription or translation, or any biological activities of such transcripts or translation products. The instant invention is also concerned with STAAU_R2 interaction with an inhibitory polypeptide of the present invention, biological activity of STAAU_R2 also includes assays which monitor binding and other biochemical measurements _19_ of these polypeptides. Furthermore, for certainty, the terminology "biological activity" also includes measurements based on the interaction of domains of interacting proteins of the present invention (i.e. the phage ORFs or domains thereof). Non-limiting examples of "biological activity" include one or more of the following:
i) Binding to bacterial growth inhibitory ORFs derived from bacteriophage including 44AHDJ ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240 polypeptides or parfi thereof.
Determining the binding between polypeptides of the present invention can be accomplished by one of the methods described below or known in the art for determining direct binding. While it might be advantageous in certain embodiments of the present invention to provide a binding assay which is amenable to automation and more particularly to high-throughput, the present invention is not so limited. The binding or physical interaction of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, provided herein, or fragment thereof to bacteriophage protein 44AHDJ ORF 25, Twort ORF168, or G1 ORF 240 or portion thereof (e.g. SEQ ID NO: 8). The interaction or binding of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 and a binding portion of bacteriophage 44AHDJ ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240 may be between isolated polypeptides consisting essentially of the sequence necessary for binding, or, alternatively, the respective polypeptide sequence may be comprised within a larger polypeptide.
A number of non-limiting methods, useful in the invention, to measure the binding of bacteriophage 44AHDJ ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF
240 to a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragment thereof are described below. Binding can be measured by coupling one molecule to a surface or support such as a membrane, a microtiter plate well, or a microarray chip, and monitoring binding of a second moiecule by any number - ~~ _ _ ~ .s of means including optical spectroscopy, fluorometry, and radioactive label detection.
For example, Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer (FRET), in which the close proximity of two fluorophores, whether intrinsic to, as in the case of a naturally-fluorescent amino acid residue such as tryptophan, or either covalently or non-covalently bound to a separate molecule, causes the emission spectrum of one fluorophore to overlap with the excitation spectrum of the second, and thus dual fluorescence following excitation of only one fluorophore is indicative of binding. For example, Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer (FRET), in which the close proximity of two fiuorophores, whether intrinsic to, as in the case of a naturally-fluorescent amino acid residue such as tryptophan, or either covalently or non-covalently bound to a separate molecule, causes the emission spectrum of one fluorophore to overlap with the excitation spectrum of the second, and thus dual fluorescence following excitation of only one fluorophore is indicative of binding. An additional assay useful in the present invention is fluorescence polarization, in which the quantifiable polarization value for a given fluorescently-tagged molecule is altered upon binding to a second molecule. Surface plasmon resonance assays can be used as a quantitative method to measure binding between two molecules by the change in mass near an immobilized 'sensor caused by the binding of one protein from the aqueous phase to a second immobilized on the sensor. A scintillation proximity assay can also be used to measure binding of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, and fragment thereof and a bacteriophage ORF or fragment thereof in which binding in the proximity to a scintillant converts radioactive particles into a photon signal that is detected by a scintillation counter or other detector. Additionally, binding can be evaluated by a Bio Sensor assay, which is based on the ability of the sensor to register changes in admittance induced by ion-channel modulation following binding. Phage display is also a powerful quantitative assay to measure protein:protein interaction using colourimetric ELISA (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay).
ii) Stimulation of DNA synthesis The biological activity also relates to DNA synthesis stimulation of a polypeptide having the S. aureus STAAU_R2 sequence provided herein, a fragment or variant thereof, or a protein comprising a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide that directly interacts with bacteriophage protein 44AHJD
ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240, or a STAAU_R2-binding fragment of the 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240 proteins or variant thereof.
A number of methods, useful in the invention, to measure the DNA synthesis stimulation of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of STAAU_R2 are described below. The level of DNA synthesis can be evaluated for example by the measurement of radiolabeled nucleotides incorporation into DNA of S. aureus cells.
The rate and processivity of DNA synthesis could also be measured by using soluble in vitro systems based on the use of a variety of different synthetic DNA substrates including single-stranded (ss) DNA, double-stranded (ds) DNA, either linear or circular. In one embodiment, the replication assay involves crude or partially purified cellular proteins extracts or recombinantly produced proteins. In another embodiment, the reconstituted protein assays involves partially purified or pure forms of native proteins or fusion proteins or fragments thereof.
iii) Loading onto DNA
The DNA loading of a polypeptide having the S. aureus STAAU_R2 sequence provided herein, a fragment or analog thereof or a protein comprising a S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide that directly interacts with one of bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240 proteins, or a STAAU_R2-binding fragment of the 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF
240 proteins or variant thereof can also be monitored. In one embodiment, an in vitro reconstituted assay involves the measurement of 3~P-labeled or fluorescently-labeled STAAU_R2 assembly onto a circular DNA substrate.
As used herein, the term "polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide" or equivalent language encompasses polynucleotides that include a sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention, particularly a bacterial polypeptide and more particularly a polypeptide of S. aureus STAAU_R2 protein having an amino acid sequence set out in Fig. 1, SEQ ID NO: 2. The term also encompasses polynucleotides that include a single continuous region or discontinuous regions encoding the polypeptide (for example, polynucleotides interrupted by integrated phage, an integrated insertion sequence, an integrated vector sequence, an integrated transposon sequence, or otherwise altered due to RNA editing or genomic DNA reorganization) together with additional regions that also may contain coding and/or non-coding sequences.
As used herein, the term "STAAU R2 gene" "DnaN gene" is meant to encompass a polynucleotide encoding a S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide. Any additional nucleotide sequences necessary to direct transcription of RNA encoding a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide, either in a cell or in vitro, will be termed "regulatory sequences", which include but are not limited to transcriptional promoters and enhancers, and transcription terminators.
As used herein, the term "ORF 25" or "phage 44AHJD ORF
25" or "44AHJD ORF 25" encompasses a polynucleotide having the sequence provided in Fig. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 3), which encodes a gene product known as the 44AHJD ORF 25 gene product.
As used herein, the term "ORF 168" or "phage Twort ORF
168" or "Twort ORF 168" encompasses a polynucleotide having the sequence provided in Fig. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 5), which encodes a gene product known as the Twort ORF 168 gene product.
As used herein, the term "ORF 240" or "phage G7 ORF 240"
encompasses a polynucleotide having the sequence provided in Fig. 2 (SEQ ID
NO: 9).- which encodes a gene product known as the G7 ORF 240 gene product.
As used herein, the term "polynucleotide(s)" generally refers to any polyribonucleotide or poly-deoxyribonucleotide, which may be unmodified RNA or DNA or modified RNA or DNA. "Polynucleotide(s)" include, without limitation, single- and double-stranded DNA, DNA that is a mixture of single-and double-stranded regions or single-, double- and triple-stranded regions, single-and double-stranded RNA, and RNA that is mixture of single- and double-stranded regions, hybrid molecules comprising DNA and RNA that may be single-stranded or, more typically, double-stranded, or triple-stranded regions, or a mixture of single- and double-stranded regions. In addition, "polynucleotide"
as used herein refers to triple-stranded regions comprising RNA or DNA or both RNA
and DNA. The strands in such regions may be from the same molecule or from different molecules. The regions may include all of one or more of the molecules, but more typically involve only a region of some of the molecules. One of the molecules of a triple-helical region often is an oligonucleotide. As used herein, the term "polynucleotide(s)"also includes DNAs or RNAs as described above that contain one or more modified bases. Thus, DNAs or RNAs with backbones modified for stability or for other reasons are "polynucleotide(s)" as that term is intended herein. Moreover, DNAs or RNAs comprising unusual bases, such as inosine, or modified bases, such as tritylated bases, to name just two examples, are polynucleotides as the term is used herein. It will be appreciated that a great variety of modifications have been made to DNA and RNA that serve many useful purposes known to those of skill in the art. The term "polynucleotide(s)" as it is employed herein embraces such chemically, enzymatically or metabolically modified forms of polynucleotides, as well as the chemical forms of.DNA and RNA
characteristic of viruses and cells, including, for example, simple and complex cells. "Polynucleotide(s)" also embraces short pofynucleotides often referred to as oligonucleotide(s). Polynucleotides can also be DNA and RNA chimeras.
As used herein, the term "polypeptide(s)" refers to any peptide or protein comprising two or more amino acids joined to each other by peptide bonds or modified peptide bonds. "Polypeptide(s)" refers to both short chains, commonly referred to as peptides, oligopeptides and oligomers and to longer chains generally referred to as proteins. Polypeptides may contain amino acids other than the 20 gene-encoded amino acids. "Polypeptide(s)" include those modified either by natural processes, such as processing and other post-translational modifications, but also by chemical modification techniques.
Such modifications are well described in basic texts and in more detailed monographs, as well as in a voluminous research literature, and they are well known to those of skill in the art. It will be appreciated that the same type of modification may be present in the same or varying degree at several sites in a given polypeptide.
Also, a given polypeptide may contain many types of modifications.
Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide, including the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-chains, and the amino or carboxyl termini. Modifications include, for example, acetylation, acylation, ADP-ribosylation, amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalent attachment of a heme moiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative, covalent attachment of a lipid or lipid derivative, covalent attachment of phosphotidylihositol, cross-linking, cyclization, disulfide bond formation, demethylation, formation of cysteine, formation of pyroglutamate, formylation, gamma-carboxylation, GPI anchor formation, hydroxylation, iodination, methylation, myristoylation, oxidation, proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, prenylation, racemization, glycosylation, lipid attachment, sulfation, gamma-carboxylation of glutamic acid residues, hydroxylation, selenoylation, sulfation and transfer-RNA mediated addition of , amino acids to proteins, such as arginylation, and ubiquitination. See, for instance: Proteins - Structure and Molecular Properties, 2nd Ed., T. E.
Creighton, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York (1993); Wold, F., Posttranslational Protein Modifications: Perspectives and Prospects, pgs. 1-12 in Posttranslational Covalent Modification of Proteins, B. C. Johnson, Ed., Academic Press, New York (1983); Seifter et al., Meth. Enzymol. 182:626-646 (1990); and Rattan et al., Protein Synthesis: Posttranslational Modifications and Aging, Ann. N.Y. Acad.
Sci.
663: 48-62(1992). Polypeptides may be branched or cyclic, with or without branching. Cyclic, branched and branched circular polypeptides may result from post-translational natural processes and may be made by entirely synthetic methods, as well.
As used herein, the term "variant(s)" refers to a polynucleotide or polypeptide that differs from a reference polynucleotide or polypeptide, respectively, but retains one or more of the biological activities of the initial (e.g.
non-variant) polynucleotide or polypeptide of the present invention (e.g.
STAAtJ_R2). A typical variant of a polynucleotide differs in nucleotide sequence from another reference polynucleotide. Changes in the nucleotide sequence of the variant may or may not alter the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide encoded by the reference polynucleotide. Nucleotide changes may result in amino acid substitutions, additions, deletions, and truncations in the polypeptide encoded by the reference sequence, or in the formation of fusion proteins, as discussed below. A typical variant of a polypeptide differs in amino acid sequence from another reference polypeptide. Generally, differences are limited so that the sequences of the reference polypeptide and the variant are closely similar overall and, in many regions, identical. A variant and reference polypeptide may differ in amino acid sequence by one or more substitutions, additions, deletions in any combination. A substituted or inserted amino acid residue may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code. The present invention also includes variants of each of the polypeptides of the invention, that is polypeptides that vary from the referents by conservative amino acid substitutions whereby a residue is substituted by another with like characteristics. Typically, such substitutions are among Val, Leu and Ile; among Ser and Thr; among the acidic residues Asp and Glu; and among the basic residues Lys and Arg; or aromatic residues Phe and Tyr. Particularly preferred are variants in which 1-10, 1-5, 1-3, 2-3, or 1 amino acid or amino acids are substituted, deleted, or added in any combination. A
variant of a polynucleotide or polypeptide may be a naturally occurring such as an allelic variant, or it may be a variant that is not known to occur naturally. Non-naturally occurring variants of polynucleotides and polypeptides may be made by mutagenesis techniques, by direct synthesis, and by other recombinant methods known to skilled artisans.
As used herein, the term "fragment", when used in reference to a polypeptide, is a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is entirely the same as part but not all of the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide according to the invention from which it "derives". As with S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptides, fragments may be "free-standing" ("consisting of"), or comprised within a larger polypeptide of which they form a part or region, most preferably as a single continuous region in a single larger polypeptide.
The term "isolated", when used in reference to a nucleic acid means that a naturally occurring sequence has been removed from its normal cellular (e.g., chromosomal) environment or is synthesized in a non-natural environment (e.g., artificially synthesized). Thus, the sequence may be in a cell-free solution or placed in a different cellular environment. The term does not imply that the sequence is the only nucleotide chain present, but that it is essentially free (about 90-95% pure at least) of non-nucleotide material naturally associated with it, and thus is distinguished from isolated chromosomes.
The term "enriched", when used in reference to a polynucleotide means that the specific DNA or RNA sequence constitutes a significantly higher fracfiion (2-5 fold) of the total DNA or RNA present in the cells or solution of interest than in normal or diseased cells or in cells from which the sequence was originally taken. This could be caused by a person, by preferential reduction in the amount of other DNA or RNA present, or by a preferential increase in the amount of the specific DNA or RNA sequence, or by a combination of the two. However, it should be noted that enriched does not imply that there are no other DNA or RNA sequences present, just that the relative amount of the sequence of interest has been significantly increased.
As used herein, the term "significantly higher fraction"
indicates that the level of enrichment is useful to the person making such an enrichment and indicates an increase in enrichment relative to other nucleic acids of at least about 2-fold, or 5- to 10-fold or even more. The term also does not imply that there is no DNA or RNA from other sources. The other source of DNA
may, for example, comprise DNA from a yeast or bacterial genome, or a cloning vector such as pUC19. This term distinguishes from naturally occurring events, such as viral infection, or tumor type growths, in which the level of one mRNA
may be naturally increased relative to other species of mRNA. That is, the term is meant to cover only those situations in which a person has intervened to elevate the proportion of the desired nucleic acid.
As used herein, the term "purified" in reference to nucleic acid does not require absolute purity (such as a homogeneous preparation). Instead, it represents an indication that the sequence is relatively more pure than in the natural.environment (compared to the natural level, this level should be at least 2-5 fold greater, e.g., in terms of mglmL). Individual clones isolated from a genomic or cDNA library may be purified to electrophoretic homogeneity. The claimed DNA molecules obtained from these clones could be obtained directly from total DNA or from total RNA. cDNA clones are not naturally occurring, but rather are preferably obtained via manipulation of a partially purified naturally occurring substance (messenger RNA). The construction of a cDNA library from mRNA involves the creation of a synthetic substance (cDNA) and pure individual cDNA clones can be isolated from the synthetic library by clonal selection of the cells carrying the cDNA library. Thus, the process which includes the construction of a cDNA library from mRNA and isolation of distinct cDNA clones yields an approximately 106-fold purification of the native message over its proportion in naturally occurring cells. Thus, purification of at least one order of magnitude, preferably two or three orders, and more preferably four or five orders of magnitude is expressly contemplated. A genomic library can be used in the same way and yields the same approximate levels of purification.
The terms "isolated", "enriched", and "purified" used with respect to nucleic acids, above, may similarly be used to denote the relative purity and abundance of polypeptides. These, too, may be stored in, grown in, screened in, and selected from libraries using biochemical techniques familiar in the art.
Such polypeptides may be natural, synthetic or chimeric and may be extracted using any of a variety of methods, such as antibody immunoprecipitation, other "tagging" techniques, conventional chromatography and/or electrophoretic methods. Some of the above utilize the corresponding nucleic acid sequence.
As used herein, the term "complement" when used in reference to a given polynucleotide sequence refers to a sequence of nucleotides which can form a double-stranded heteroduplex in which every nucleotide in the sequence of nucleotides is base-paired by hydrogen bonding to a nucleotide opposite it in the heteroduplex with the given polynucleotide sequence. The term may refer to a DNA or an RNA sequence that is the complement of another RNA
or DNA sequence. As used herein, the term "hybridizes" refers to the formation of a hydrogen-bonded heteroduplex between two nucleic acid molecules.
Generally, a given nucleic acid molecule will hybridize with its complement, or with a molecule that is sufficiently complementary to the given molecule to permit formation of a hydrogen-bonded heteroduplex between the two molecules.
As used herein, the term "probe" refers to a polynucleotide of at least 15 nucleotides (nt), 20 nt, 30 nt, 40 nt, 50 nt, 75 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt, 500 nt, 1000 nt, and even up to 5000 to 10,000 nt in length.
WO 02/44718 __ PCT/CA01/01754 "' ~ ° ~'~ a o ~ IJ ~. t ~ ~
-z9-"Identity" and "similarity," as used herein and as known in the art, are relationships between two or more polypeptide sequences or two or more polynucleotide sequences, as the case may be, as determined by comparing the sequences.
Amino acid or nucleotide sequence "identity" and "similarity"
are determined from an optimal global alignment between the two sequences being compared. A non-limiting example of optimal global alignment can be carried-out using the Needleman - Wunsch algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, 1970, J. Mol. Biol. 48:443-453). "Identity" means that an amino acid or nucleotide at a particular position in a first polypeptide or polynucleotide is identical to a corresponding amino acid or nucleotide in a second polypeptide or polynucleotide that is in an optimal global alignment with the first polypeptide or polynucleotide.
In contrast to identity, "similarity" encompasses amino acids that are conservative substitutions.
' The term "conservative" substitution is well-known in the art and broadly refers to a substitution which does not significantly change the chemico-physical properties of the substituted amino acid. For example, a "conservative" substitution is any substitution that has a positive score in the blosum62 substitution matrix (Hentikoff and Hentikoff, 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci.
USA 89: 10915-10919). By the statement "sequence A is n% similar to sequence B" is meant that n% of the positions of an optimal global alignment between sequences A and B consists of conservative substitutions. By the statement "sequence A is n% identical to sequence B" is meant that n% of the positions of an optimal global alignment between sequences A and B consists of identical residues or nucleotides. Optimal global alignments in this disclosure used the following parameters in the Needleman-Wunsch alignment algorithm:
For polypeptides:
Substitution matrix: blosum62.
Gap scoring function: -A -B*LG, where A=11 (the gap penalty), B=1 (the gap length penalty) and LG is the length of the gap.
For nucleotide sequences:
Substitution matrix: 10 for matches, 0 for mismatches.
Gap scoring function: -A -B*LG where A=50 (the gap penalty), B=3 (the gap length penalty) and LG is the length of the gap.
The term ' identity' and 'similarity' between sequences can be extended to their fragments. An optimal local alignment between sequences A
and B is the highest scoring alignment of fragments of A and B. By the statement "sequence A is n% identical locally to B" is meant that n% of the positions of an optimal local alignment between sequences A and B consists of conservative substitutions. By the statement "sequence A is n% similar locally to B" is meant that n% of the position of an optimal local alignment between sequences A and B consists of identical residues or nucleotides. An non-limiting example of optimal local alignment can be carried-out using the Smith-Waterman algorithm (Smith, T.F and Waterman, M.S. 1981. Identification of common molecular subsequences. J. of M. Biol. 147:195-197).
Of course, the above-listed parameters are but one specific example of alignment algorithm parameters. Numerous algorithms and parameters are available and known to the person of ordinary skill.
Typical conservative substitutions are among Met, Val, Leu and Ile; among Ser and Thr; among the residues Asp, Glu and Asn; among the residues Gln, Lys and Arg; or aromatic residues Phe and Tyr. In calculating the degree (most often as a percentage) of similarity between two polypeptide sequences, one considers the number of positions at which identity or similarity is observed between corresponding amino acid residues in the two polypeptide sequences in relation to the entire lengths of the two molecules being compared.
As used herein, the term "antibody" is meant to encompass constructions using the binding (variable) region of such an antibody, and other antibody modifications. Thus, an antibody useful in the invention may comprise a whole antibody, an antibody fragment, a polyfunctional antibody aggregate, or in general a substance comprising one or more specific binding sites from an antibody. The antibody fragment may be a fragment such as an Fv, Fab or F(ab')z fragment or a derivative thereof, such as a single chain Fv fragment. The antibody or antibody fragment may be non-recombinant, recombinant or humanized. The antibody may be of an immunoglobulin isotype, e.g., IgG, IgM, and so forth. In addition, an aggregate, polymer, derivative and conjugate of an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof can be used where appropriate.
Neutralizing antibodies are especially useful according to the invention for diagnostics, therapeutics and methods of drug screening and drug design.
As used herein, the term "specific for an epitope present on a S. aureus STAAIJ_R2 polypeptide", when used in reference to an antibody, means that the antibody recognizes and binds an antigenic determinant present on a S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide according to the invention.
As used herein, the term "antigenically equivalent derivative(s)" encompasses a polypeptide, polynucleotide, or the equivalent of either which will be specifically recognized by certain antibodies which, when raised to the protein, polypeptide or polynucleotide according to the invention, interferes with the immediate physical interaction between pathogen and mammalian host.
As used herein, the term "essential", when used in connection with a gene or gene product, means that the host cannot survive without, or is significantly growth compromised, in the absence or depletion of functional product. An "essential gene" is thus one that encodes a product that is beneficial, . or preferably necessary, for cellular growth in vitro in a medium appropriate for growth of a strain having a wild-type allele corresponding to the particular gene in question. Therefore, if an essential gene is inactivated or inhibited, that cell will grow significantly more slowly than a wild-type strain or even not at all.
Preferably, o. . " r, v growth of a strain in which such a gene has been inactivated will be less than 20%, more preferably less than 10%, most preferably less than 5% of the growth rate of the wild-type, or the rate will be zero, in the growth medium.
Preferably, in the absence of activity provided by a product of the gene, the cell will not grow at all or will be non-viable, at least under culture conditions similar to normal in vivo growth conditions. For example, absence of the biological activity of certain enzymes involved in bacterial cell wall synthesis can result in the lysis of cells under normal osmotic conditions, even though protoplasts can be maintained under controlled osmotic conditions. Preferably, but not necessarily, if such a gene is inhibited, e.g., with an antibacterial agent or a phage product, the growth rate of the inhibited bacteria will be less than 50%, more preferably less than 30%, still more preferably less than 20%, and most preferably less than 10% of the growth rate of the uninhibited bacteria. As recognized by those skilled in the art, the degree of growth inhibition will generally depend upon the concentration of the inhibitory agent. In the context of the invention, essential genes are generally the preferred targets of antimicrobial agents. Essential genes can encode "target"
molecules directly or can encode a product involved in the production, modification, or maintenance of a target molecule.
As used herein, "target" refers to a biomolecule or complex of biomolecules that can be acted on by an exogenous agent or compound, thereby modulating, preferably inhibiting, growth or viability of a bacterial cell. A
target may be a nucleic acid sequence or molecule, or a polypeptide or a region of a polypeptide.
As used herein, the term "signal that is generated by interaction of a S. aureus polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragments thereof to a 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 or fragment thereof" or the like refers to the measurable indicator of polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragments thereof and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1. ORF 240 or fragment thereof interaction in a binding assay. As used herein, the term "signal that is generated by activation or inhibition of a S. aureus polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragments thereof" refers to the measurable indicator of polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragments thererof, activity in an assay of STAAU_R2 activity. For example, the signal may include, but is not limited to (i) a signal resulting from binding of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 to a STAAU_R2 polypeptide, including a fluorescence signal (fluorescence resonance energy transfer assay;
fluorescence polarization assay), spectrophotometer absorbance measurement of a colourimetric signal (phage display ELISA), mass change measurement (surface plasmon resonance analysis), or a viability measurement on selective medium (yeast two-hybrid analysis); or (ii) a reduction of a radiolabeled signal (DNA synthesis assay).
As used herein, the term "standard", used in reference to polypeptide activity, means the amount of activity observed or detected (directly or indirectly) in a given assay performed in the absence of a candidate compound.
A "standard" serves as a reference to determine the effect, positive or negative, of a candidate compound on polypeptide activity.
As used herein, the term "increase in activity" refers to an enhanced level of measurable activity of a polypeptide in a given assay in the presence of a candidate compound relative to the measurable level of activity in the absence of a candidate compound. Activity is considered increased according to the invention if it is at least 10% greater, 20% greater, 50%
greater, 75% greater, 100% greater or more, up to 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 20-fold, 50-fold, 100-fold or more than in the absence of a candidate compound. , As used herein, the term "decrease in activity" refers to a reduced level of measurable activity of a polypeptide in a given assay in the presence of a candidate compound relative to the measurable level of activity in the absence of a candidate compound. Activity is considered decreased according to the invention if it is at least 10% less, preferably 15% less, 20% less, 50% less, 75% less, or even 100% less (i.e., no activity) than that observed in the absence of a candidate compound.
As used herein, the term "conditions that permit their interaction", when used in reference to a S. aureus polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragments thereof, and a candidate compound means that the two entities are placed together, whether both in solution or with one immobilized or restricted in some way and the other. in solution, wherein the parameters (e.g., salt, detergent, protein or candidate compound concentration, temperature, and redox potential, among others) of the solution are such that the S. aureus polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO.: 2, or fragments thereof, and the candidate compound may physically associate. Conditions that permit protein:candidate interaction include, for example, the conditions described herein for FRET, fluorescent polarization, Surface Plasmon Resonance and Phage display assays.
As used herein, the term "detectable change in a measurable parameter of STAAU_R2" refers to an alteration in a quantifiable characteristic of a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide.
As used herein, the term "agonist" refers to an agent or compound that enhances or increases the activity of a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide. An agonist may be directly active on a S.
aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide, or it may be active on one or more constituents in a pathway that leads to enhanced or increased activity of a S.
aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide.
As used herein, the term "antagonist" refers to an agent or compound that reduces or decreases the activity of a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide. An antagonist may be directly active on a S.
aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide, or it may be active on one or _ ~ . .. -.
more constituents in a pathway that leads to reduced or decreased activity of a S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide.
As used herein, the term "antibacterial agent" or "antibacterial compound" refers to an agent or compound that has a bacteriocidal or bacteriostatic effect on one or more bacterial strains, preferably such an agent or compound is bacteriocidal or bacteriostatic on at least S. aureus.
As used herein, the term "synthesizing" refers to a process of chemically synthesizing a compound.
As used in the context of treating a bacterial infection a "therapeutically effective amount", "pharmaceutically effective amount" or "amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic effect" indicates an amount of an antibacterial agent which has a therapeutic effect. This generally refers to the inhibition, to some extent, of the normal cellular functioning of bacterial cells required for continued bacterial infection. Further, as used herein, a therapeutically effective amount means an amount of an antibacterial agent that produces the desired therapeutic effect as judged for example by clinical trial results and/or animal models. This amount can be routinely determined by one skilled in the art and will vary depending on several factors, such as the particular bacterial strain involved and the particular antibacterial agent used. In the same context, an "amount sufficient to reduce adhesion" of a bacterium to a tissue or tissue surface indicates an amount of an antibacterial agent that is effective for prophylactically preventing or reducing the extent of bacterial infection of the given tissue or tissue surface.
As used in the context of treating a bacterial infection, contacting or administering the antimicrobial agent 'in combination with existing antimicrobial agents' refer to a concurrent contacting or administration of the active compound with antibiotics to provide a bactericidal or growth inhibitory effects beyond the individual bactericidal or growth inhibitory effects of the active compound or the antibiotic. Existing antibiotic refers for example to the group consisting of penicillins, cephalosporins, imipenem, monobactams, aminoglycosides, tetracyclines, . sulfonamides, trimethoprim/sulfonamide, fluoroquinolones, macrolides, vancomycin, polymyxins, chloramphenicol and lincosamides.
As used herein, a "tissue" refers to an aggregation of cells of one or more cell types which together perform one or more specific functions in an organism. As used herein, a "tissue surFace" refers to that portion of a tissue that forms a boundary between a given tissue and other tissues or the surroundings of the tissue. A tissue surface may refer to an external surface of an animal, for example the skin or cornea, or, alternatively, the term may refer to a surface that is either internal, for example, the lining of the gut, or to a surface that is exposed to the outside surroundings of the animal only as the result of an injury or a surgical procedure.
As used herein, the term "measuring the binding of a candidate compound" refers to the use of an assay permitting the quantitation of the amount of a candidate compound physically associated with a S, aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide, fragment or variant thereof.
A "candidate compound" as used herein, is any compound with a potential to modulate the expression or activity of a S. aureus STAAU
polypeptide.
As used herein, the term "directly or indirectly detectably labeled" refers to the attachment of a moiety to a candidate compound that renders the candidate compound either directly detectable (e.g., an isotope or a fluorophore) or indirectly detectable (e.g., an enzyme activity, allowing detection in the presence of an appropriate substrate, or a specific antigen or other marker allowing detection by addition of an antibody or other specific indicator).
A "method of screening" refers to a method for evaluating a relevant activity or property of a large plurality of compounds, rather than just one or a few compounds. For example, a method of screening can be used to conveniently test at least 100, more preferably at least 1000, still more preferably at least 10,000, and most preferably at least 100,000 different compounds, or even more. In a particular embodiment, the method is amenable to automated, cost-effective high' throughput screening on libraries of compounds for lead development.
In a related aspect or in preferred embodiments, the invention provides a method of screening for potential antibacterial agents by determining whether any of a plurality of compounds, preferably a plurality of small molecules, is active on STAAU_R2. Preferred embodiments include those described for the above aspect, including embodiments which involve determining whether one or more test compounds bind to or reduce the level of activity of a bacterial target, and embodiments which utilize a plurality of different targets as described above.
The term "compounds" preferably includes, but is not limited to, small organic molecules, peptides, polypeptides and antibodies that bind to a polynucleotide and/or polypeptide of the invention, such as for example inhibitory ORF gene product or target thereof, and thereby inhibit, extinguish or enhance its activity or expression. Potential compounds may be small organic molecules, a peptide, a polypeptide such as a closely related protein or antibody that binds the same sites) on a binding molecule, such as a bacteriophage gene product, thereby preventing bacteriophage gene product from binding to STAAU R2 polypeptides.
The term "compounds" also potentially includes small molecules that bind to and occupy the binding site of a polypeptide, thereby preventing binding to cellular binding molecules, such that normal biological activity is prevented. Examples of small molecules include but are not limited to small organic molecules, peptides or peptide-like molecules. Preferred potential compounds include compounds related to and variants of inhibitory ORF encoded by a bacteriophage and of STAAU_R2 and any homologues and/or peptido-mimetics and/or fragments thereof. Other examples of potential polypeptide antagonists include antibodies or, in some cases, oligonucleotides or proteins which are closely related to the ligands, substrates, receptors, enzymes, etc., as the case may be, of the polypeptide, e.g., a fragment of the ligands, substrates, receptors, enzymes, etc.; or small molecules which bind to the polypeptide of the present invention but do not elicit a response, so that the activity of the polypeptide is prevented. Other potential compounds include antisense molecules {see Okano, 1991 .!. Neurochem. 56, 560; see also "Oligodeoxynucleotides as Antisense inhibitors of Gene Expression", CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL (1988), for a description of these molecules).
As used herein, the term "library" refers to a collection of 100 compourids, preferably of 1000, still more preferably 5000, still more preferably 10,000 or more, and most preferably of 50,000 or more compounds.
As used herein, the term "small molecule" refers to compounds having molecular mass of less than 3000 Daltons, preferably less than 2000 or 1500, still more preferably less than 1000, and most preferably less than 600 Daltons. Preferably but not necessarily, a small molecule is not an oligopeptide.
As used herein, the term "mimetic" refers to a compound that can be natural, synthetic, or chimeric and is structurally and functionally related to a reference compound. In terms of the present invention, a "peptidomimetic,"
for example, is a non-peptide compound that mimics the activity-related aspects of the 3-dimensional structure of a peptide or polypeptide, for example a compound that mimics the structure of a peptide or active portion of a phage-or bacterial ORF-encoded polypeptide.
As used herein, the term "bacteriophage inhibitor protein"
refers to a protein encoded by a bacteriophage nucleic acid sequence, which inhibits bacterial function in a host bacterium. Thus, it is a bacteria-inhibiting phage product. The term "bacteriophage inhibitor protein" encompasses a fragment, derivative, or active portion of a bacteriophage inhibitor protein.
In more than one embodiment of the above assay methods of the present invention, it may be desirable to immobilize either STAAU_R2 or its target molecule or ligand to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins or polypeptides, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to a STAAU_R2 protein or interaction of a STAAU_R2 protein with a target molecule or ligand in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, ,can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtitre plates, test tubes and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment a fusion protein can be provided which adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, glutathione-S-transferase/STAAU_R2 fusion proteins or glutathione-S-transferase/target fusion proteins (e.g. glutathione-S-transferase/Twort ORF168) can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, MO) or glutathione derivatized microtitre plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or STAAU_R2 protein and the mixture incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g. at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation the beads or microtitre plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of STAAU_R2 binding or activity determined using standard techniques.
Other techniques for immobilizing proteins on matrices (and well-known in the art) can also be used in the screening assays of the invention.
For example, either a STAAU R2 protein or a STAAU .R2 target molecule or ligand can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin.
Biotinylated STAAU R2 protein or target molecules or ligand can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford,1L), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical). Alternatively, antibodies reactive with CI-MPR protein, target molecules or ligand but which do not interfere with binding of the STAAU R2 protein to its target molecule or ligand can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or STAAU_R2 protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the STAAU_R2 protein or target molecule, as weft as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the STAAU_R2 protein or . target molecule and in particular with Twort ORF168, 44AHJD ORF25, and G1 ORF 240.
As used herein, the term "active portion" refers to an epitope, a catalytic or regulatory domain, or a fragment of a bacterlophage inhibitor protein that is responsible for, or a significant factor in, bacterial target inhibition. The active portion preferably may be removed from its contiguous sequences and, in isolation, still effect inhibition.
As used herein, the term "treating a bacterial infection" refers to a process whereby the growth and/or metabolic activity of a bacterium or bacterial population in a host, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human, is inhibited or ablated.
As used herein, the term "bacterium" refers to a single bacterial strain and includes a single cell and a plurality or population of cells of that strain unless clearly indicated to the contrary. In reference to bacteria or bacteriophage, the term "strain" refers to bacteria or phage having a particular genetic content. The genetic content includes genomic content as well as recombinant vectors. Thus, for example, two otherwise identical bacterial cells would represent different strains if each contained a vector, e.g., a plasmid, with different inserts.
As used herein, the term "diagnosing" refers to the identification of an organism or strain of an organism responsible for a bacterial infection.
As used herein, the term "infection with Staphylococcus aureus" refers to the presence, growth or proliferation of cells of a S, aureus strain within, or on a surface of, an animal, such as a mammal, preferably a human.
As used herein, the term "bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25-encoded polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide encoded by SEQ ID NO: 3 or to a fragment or derivative thereof encompassing an active portion of a bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25-encoded polypeptide of sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 4.
As used herein, the term "bacteriophage Twort ORF168 encoded polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide encoded by SEQ ID NO: 5 or to a fragment or derivative thereof encompassing an active portion of a bacteriophage Twort ORF168-encoded polypeptide of sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 6.
As used herein, the term "bacteriophage G1 ORF 240-encoded polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide encoded by SEQ ID NO: 9 or to a fragment or derivative thereof encompassing an active portion of a bacteriophage G1 ORF 240-encoded polypeptide of sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 10.
As used herein, the term "polypeptide complex" refers to a combination of two or more polypeptides in a physical association with each other.
It is preferred that such a physical association be required for some aspect of the activity of one or more of the polypeptides in such a polypeptide complex.
As used herein, the term "physical association" refers to an interaction between two moieties involving contact between the two moieties.
As used herein, the term "bodily' material(s)" means any material derived from an individual or from an organism infecting, infesting or inhabiting an individual, including but not limited to, cells, tissues and waste, such as, bone, blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, semen, saliva, muscle, cartilage, organ tissue, skin, urine, stool or autopsy materials.
_ _ " '''°'~~e " 1 ~ ~J 1 l As used herein, the term "disease(s)" means any disease caused by or related to infection by a bacterium, including, for example, otitis media, conjunctivitis, pneumonia, bacteremia, meningitis, sinusitis, pleural empyema and endocarditis, and most particularly meningitis, such as for example infection of cerebrospinal fluid.
As used herein, the term "fusion protein(s)" refers to a protein encoded by a gene comprising amino acid coding sequences from two or more separate proteins fused in frame such that the protein comprises fused amino acid sequences from the separate proteins.
As used herein, the term "host cell(s)" is a cell which has been transformed or transfected, or is capable of transformation or transfection by an exogenous polynucleotide sequence.
As used herein, the term "immunologically equivalent derivative(s)" encompasses a polypeptide, polynucleotide, or the equivalent of either which when used in a suitable formulation to raise antibodies in a vertebrate, results in antibodies that act to interfere with the immediate physical interaction between pathogen and mammalian host.
As used herein, the term "immunospecific" means that characteristic of an antibody whereby it possesses substantially greater affinity for the polypeptides of the invention or the polynucleotides of the invention than its affinity for other related polypeptides or polynucleotides respectively, particularly those polypeptides and polynucleotides in the prior art. .
As used herein, the term "individual(s)" means a multicellular eukaryote, including, but not limited to a metazoan, a mammal, an ovid, a bovid, a simian, a primate, and a human.
As used herein, the term "Organism(s)" means a (i) prokaryote, including but not limited to, a member of the genus Streptococcus, Staphylococcus, Bordetella, Corynebacterium, Mycobacterium, Neisseria, Haemophilus, Actinomycetes, Streptomycetes, Nocardia, Enterobacter, Yersinia, Fancisella, Pasturella, Moraxella, Acinetobacter, Erysipelothrix, Branhamella, Actinobacillus, Streptobacillus, Listeria, Calymmatobacterium, Brucella, Bacillus;
Clostridium, Treponema, Escherichia, Salmonella, Kleibsiella, Vibrio, Proteus, Enwinia, Borrelia, Leptospira, Spirillum, Campylobacter, Shigella, Legionella, Pseudomonas, Aeromonas, Rickettsia, Chlamydia, Borrelia and Mycoplasma, and further including, but not limited to, a member of the species or group, Group A
Streptococcus, Group B Streptococcus, Group C Streptococcus, Group D
Streptococcus, Group G Streptococcus, Streptococcus , pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus faecalis, Streptococcus faecium, Streptococcus durans, Neisseria gonorrheae, Neisseria meningitidis, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Corynebacterium diptheriae, Gardnerella vaginalis, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium bovis, Mycobacterium ulcerans, Mycobacterium leprae, Actinomyctes israelii, Listeria monocytogenes, Bordetella pertusis, Bordatella parapertusis, Bordetella bronchiseptica, Escherichia coli, Shigella dysenteriae, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus aegyptius, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Haemophilus ducreyi, Bordetella, Salmonella typhi, Citrobacter freundii, Proteus mirabilis, Proteus vulgaris, Yersinia pestis, Kleibsiella pneumoniae, Serratia marcessens, Serratia liquefaciens, Vibrio cholera, Shigella dysenterii, Shigella flexneri, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Franscisella tularensis, Brucella abortis, Bacillus anthracis, Bacillus cereus, Clostridium perfringens, Clostridium tetani, Clostridium botulinum, Treponema pallidum, Rickettsia rickettsii and Chlamydia trachomitis, (ii) an archaeon, including but not limited to Archaebacter, and (iii) a unicellular or filamenous eukaryote, including but not limited to, a protozoan, a fungus, a member of the genus Saccharomyces, Kluveromyces, or Candida, and a member of the species Saccharomyces ceriviseae, Kluveromyces lactis, or Candida albicans.
As used herein, the term "recombinant expression system(s)"
refers to a system in which vectors comprising sequences encoding polypeptides of the invention or portions thereof, or polynucleotides of the invention are introduced or transformed into a host. cell or host cell lysate for the production of the polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention.
As used herein, the term "artificially synthesized" when used in reference to a peptide, polypeptide or polynucleotide means that the amino acid or nucleotide subunits were chemically joined in vitro without the use of cells or polymerizing enzymes. The chemistry of polynucleotide and peptide synthesis is well known in the art.
In addition to the standard single and triple letter representations for amino acids, the term "X" or "Xaa" may also be used in describing certain polypeptides of the invention. "X" and "Xaa" mean that any of the twenty naturally occurring amino acids may appear at such a designated position in the polypeptide sequence.
As used herein, the term "specifically binding" in the context of the interaction of two polypeptides means that the two polypeptides physically interact via discrete regions or domains on the polypeptides, wherein the interaction is dependent upon the amino acid sequences of the interacting domains. Generally, the equilibrium binding concentration of a polypeptide that specifically binds another is in the range of about 1 mM or lower, more preferably 1 uM or lower, preferably 100 nM or lower, 10 nM or lower, 1 nM or lower, 100 pM
or tower, and even 10 pM or lower.
As used herein, the term "decrease in the binding" refers to a drop in the signal that is generated by the physical association between two polypeptides under one set of conditions relative to the signal under another set of reference conditions. The signal is decreased if it is at least 10% lower than the level under reference conditions, and preferably 20%, 40%, 50%, 75%, 90%, 95% or even as much as 100% lower (i.e., no detectable interaction).
As used herein, the term "detectable marker", when used in the context of a yeast two-hybrid assay, refers to a polypeptide that confers a trait o-a _- ,~_o ~-t upon a cell expressing that polypeptide that signals the presence or amount of that polypeptide expressed. Detectable markers are encoded on plasmids that may exist episomally or may be integrated into the genome of a host cell.
Detectable markers include, but are not limited to, polypeptides encoding enzymes allowing colorimetric or fluorescent detection (e.g., E, coli LacZ, which catalyzes the conversion of the substrate analog X-gal to generate a blue color), polypeptides encoding enzymes conferring antibiotic resistance, and polypeptides encoding enzymes conferring the ability of a yeast strain to grow on medium lacking a given component (i.e., critical for the relief of auxotrophy).
As used herein, the term "results in the expression of a detectable marker" means that the interaction of factors necessary to permit the expression of a detectable marker (e.g., two-hybrid transactivation domain and DNA binding domain fusion proteins) causes the transactivation and translation of detectable levels of a detectable marker. A "detectable level" is that level of expression that can be differentiated from background expression occurring in the substantial absence of one or more factors or conditions necessary for marker expression. Detectable levels will vary depending upon the nature of the detectable marker, but will generally consist of levels at least about 10% or more greater than the background level of a given marker.
As used herein, the term "decrease in the expression" refers to a drop in the expression of a detectable marker under one set of conditions relative to the expression under another set of reference conditions. The expression of a detectable marker is decreased if it is at least 10% lower than the level under reference conditions, and preferably 20%, 40%, 50%, 75%, 90%, 95%
or even as much as 100% lower (i.e., not expressed).
Identification of the S. aureus STAAU R2 seauence The methodology used to identify the STAAU R2 polypeptide is described in detail in U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/110,992, filed - ° -~oo -~- sr~. s°r December 3, 1998, and PCT International Application W01999/IB99/02040, filed December 3, 1999.
A S. aureus polypeptide that specifically bound the bacterial growth inhibitory 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 proteins was isolated. Briefly, the three inhibitory ORF proteins were used separately as a ligand in an affinity chromatography binding step with S. aureus protein extract.
The selected S. aureus interacting polypeptide, herein referred as STAAU_R2, was purified and further analyzed by tryptic digestion and mass spectrometry using MALDI-ToF technology [Qin, J., et al. (1997) Anal. Chem. 69, 3995-4001].
Computational analysis of the mass spectrum obtained identified the corresponding ORF as the S. aureus DNA polymerise III, beta subunit. The interaction between Twort ORF 168 and the STAAU_R2, was confirmed in a yeast two-hybrid assay. The interaction between 44AHJD ORF 25 and the candidate target protein was confirmed by surface plasmon resonance.
Function of the DNA polymerise III, beta (f3)subunit DNA polymerise III holoenzyme is an essential component of bacterial DNA replication machinery. The holoenzyme contains several different polypeptide chains. Type III polymerises are exemplified by the replicase of the Gram-negative bacterium Escherichia coli, in which there are three separate components: a sliding clamp protein, a clamp loader complex and the DNA
polymerise itself [Kelman et al. 1995, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 64: 171-200]. The clamp loader is a multiprotein complex which uses ATP to assemble the sliding clamp around DNA. The DNA polymerise then binds to the sliding clamp which tethers the polymerise to the DNA. The DNA polymerise III beta ((3) subunit is a homodimer and forms the ring shaped sliding clamp associated with DNA.
Bacillus subtilis and Streptococcus pyogenes are the best characterized Gram-positive bacteria with respect to DNA replication [Barnes et al. 1995, Methods in Enzy. 262: 35-42; Bruck and O'Donnell 2000, J. Biol.
Chem.
275: 28971-28983]. Many genes involved in Bacillus subtilis DNA replication have been identified through the isolation of is mutants. Studies in B. subtilis have identified a polymerise that appears to be involved in chromosome replication and is termed Pol III. The polC gene encodes Pol III, a large polypeptide likely corresponding to the alpha and epsilon subunits of the E. coli enzyme. In in vitro reconstituted assays, five Streptococcus pyogenes proteins were shown to coordinate their actions to achieve rapid and processive DNA synthesis: the PoIC
DNA polymerise, ~, 8, b' and a [Bruck and O'Donnell 2000,.J. Biol. Chem. 275:
28971-28983].
S. aureus has a gene encoding a protein with 30% homology to the (3 of the E. coli enzyme. The S. aureus gene corresponding to the E.
coli [i subunit is dnaN. S. aureus dnaN has been described in two PCT Applications (WO 9937661; and WO 0109164).
The E. coli (3 subunit has been shown to interact with a variety of proteins including DNA polymerise I II a and 8 subunits, DNA, polymerise I, DNA polymerise II, DNA polymerise V, DNA ligase and MutS [Jeruzalmi et al.
2001, Cell, 106: 417-428; Lopez de Saro and O'Donnell 2001, PNAS, 98: 8376-8380]. Surprisingly, despite the demonstration of protein-protein interactions of the [3 subunit with a variety of proteins and despite evidence that these interactions within the replisome are critical to obtaining efficient chromosome replication in vitro [Turner et al. 1999, The EMBO J. 18: 771-783; Jeruzalmi et al. 2001, Cell, 106: 417-428; Bruck and O'Donnell 2000, J. Biol. Chem. 275: 28971-28983], there are currently no available drugs directed against the sliding clamp.
The demonstration that bacteriophage have adapted to inhibiting a host bacterium by acting on a particular cellular component or target provides a strong indication that that component is an appropriate target for developing and using antibacterial agents, e.g. in therapeutic treatments. The present invention provides additional guidance over mere identification of bacteria! essential genes, as the present invention also provides an indication of accessibility of the target to an inhibitor, and an indication that the target is sufficiently stable over time (e.g., not subject to high rates of mutation) as phage acting on that target were able to develop and persist. Thus, the present invention identifies STAAU_R2 as an appropriate target for development of antibacterial agents.
Identification of the surface of interaction on STAAU R2 This invention relates, in part, to a specific interaction between a growth-inhibitory protein encoded by the S. aureus bacteriophage genome and an essential S. aureus protein. In one embodiment, this interaction forms the basis for drug screening assays. More specifically, the invention relates to the interacting regions of the protein encoded by the S. aureus STAAU R2 and the S. aureus bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 proteins, forming the basis for screening assays. The invention provides a method for the identification of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 (e.g. with SEQ ID NO:
8) or G1 ORF 240 and, more preferably, STAAU_R2 polypeptide fragments which are involved in the interaction between STAAU_R2 and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240.
Several approaches and techniques known to those skilled in the art can be used to identify and to characterize interacting fragments of STAAU,R2, 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240. These fragments may include, for example, truncation polypeptides having a portion of an amino acid sequence of any of the two proteins, or variants thereof, such as a continuous series of residues that includes an amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal amino acid sequence.
Fragments of STAAU_R2, 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 can be cloned by genetic recombinant technology and tested for interaction using a yeast two-hybrid assay as exemplified below.
Partial proteolysis of proteins in solution is one method to delineate the domain boundaries in multi-domain proteins. By subjecting proteins to limited digestion, the most accessible cleavage sites are preferentially hydrolyzed. These cleavage sites preferentially reside in less structured regions which include loops and highly mobile areas typical of the joining amino acids between highly structures domains. Purified STAAU R2, 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240_proteins can be subjected to partial proteolysis. The proteolysis can be performed with low concentrations of proteases (trypsin, chymotrypsin, endoproteinase Glu-C, and Asp-N) with STAAU_R2, 44AHJD ORF
25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 in solution, resulting in the generation of defined proteolytic products as observed by SDS-PAGE. An acceptable concentration and reaction time is defined by the near complete conversion of the full-length protein to stable proteolytic products. The proteolytic products are then subjected to affinity chromatography containing the appropriated partner of interaction (44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168; G1 ORF 240 or STAAU_R2 purified proteins) to determine a protein sub-region able to interact. Interacting domains are identified by mass spectrometry to determine both the intact fragment mass and the completely digested with trypsin (by in-gel digestion) to better determine the amino acid residues contained within the partial proteolytic fragment. Using both sets of data, the amino acid sequence of the partial proteolytic fragment can be precisely determined.
Another approach is based on peptide screening, using different portions of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 or STAAU_R2 to identify minimal peptides from each polypeptide that are able to disrupt the interaction befween the two proteins. It is assumed that fragments able to prevent interaction between STAAU_R2 and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, or G1 ORF 240 correspond to domains of interaction located on either of the two interacting proteins. The different peptide fragments can be screened as competitors of interaction in protein: protein binding assays such as the ones described below. Fine mapping of interaction sites) within a protein can be performed by an extensive screen of small overlapping fragments or peptides spanning the entire amino acid sequence of the protein.
Suitable STAAU R2, Twort ORF 168, 44AHJD ORF 25, G1 ORF 240--derived amino acid fragments representative of the complete sequence of both proteins can be chemical synthesis. For instance, in the multipin approach, peptides are simultaneously synthesis by the assembly of small quantities of peptides (ca. 50 nmol) on plastic pins derivatized with an ester linker based on glycolate and 4-(hydroxymethyl) benzoate (Maeji 1991 Pept Res, 4:142-6).
S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptides In one aspect of the invention there are provided polypeptides of S. aureus referred to herein as "STAAU R2" and "STAAU R2 polypeptides"
as well as biologically, diagnostically, prophylactically, clinically or therapeutically useful variants thereof, and compositions comprising the same.
Among the particularly preferred embodiments of the invention are variants of S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptides encoded by naturally occurring alleles of the STAAU R2 gene. The present invention provides for an isolated polypeptide which comprises or consists of: (a) an amino acid sequence which has at least 40% identity, preferably at least 50% identity, preferably at least 80%
identity, more preferably at least 90%, yet more preferably at least 95%, most preferably.at least 97-99%, or exact identity, over the entire length of SEQ
ID NO:
2; or b) an amino acid sequence that has at least 60% similarity, at least 70%
similarity, at least 80% similarity, at least 90% similarity, at least 95%
similarity, at least 97-99% similarity or even 100% similarity over the entire length of SEQ
ID
NO: 2.
The polypeptides of the invention include a polypeptide of Fig.
1 (SEQ ID NO: 2) (in particular the mature polypeptide) as well as polypeptides and fragments, particularly those which have a biological activity of STAAU_R2, and also those which have at least 40% identity over 50 or more amino acids to a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 or the relevant portion, preferably at least 60%, 70%, or 80% identity over 50 or more amino acids to a polypeptide of SEQ 1D
NO:
2, more preferably at least 90% identity over 50 or more amino acids to a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 and still more preferably at least 95% identity over 50 or more amino acids to a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 and yet still more preferably at least 99% identity over 50 or more amino acids to a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2.
The polypeptides of the invention also include a polypeptide or protein fragment that has at least 60%, 70%, 80% or 90% similarity, 95%
similarity or even 97-99% similarity over 50 or more amino acids to a polypeptide of SEQ
ID NO: 2.
It is most preferred that a polypeptide of the invention is derived from S. aureus, however, it may be obtained from other organisms of the same taxonomic genus. A polypeptide of the invention may also be obtained, for example, from organisms of the same taxonomic family or order.
Fragments of STAAU_R2 also are included in the invention.
These fragments may include, for example, truncation polypeptides having a portion of an amino acid sequence of Fig. 1 (SEQ ID NO: 2), or variants thereof, such as a continuous series of residues that includes an amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal amino acid sequence. Degradation forms of the polypeptides of the invention produced by or in a host cell, particularly S. aureus, are also preferred.
Further preferred are fragments characterized by structural or functional attributes such as fragments that comprise alpha-helix and alpha-helix-forming regions, beta-sheet and beta-sheet-forming regions, turn and turn-forming regions, coil and coil-forming regions, hydrophilic regions, hydrophobic regions, alpha amphipathic regions, beta amphipathic regions, flexible regions, surface-forming , regions, substrate binding region, and high antigenic index regions.
Fragments of STAAU R2 may be expressed as fusion proteins with other proteins or protein fragments.
Preferred fragments also include an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence having at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, or 100 or more contiguous amino acids from the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2.
Also preferred are biologically "active" fragments which are those fragments that mediate activities of S. aureus STAAU R2, including those with a similar activity or an improved activity, or with a decreased undesirable activity. Also included are those fragments that are antigenic or immunogenic in an animal, especially in a human. Particularly preferred are fragments comprising domains that confer a function essential for viability of S. aureus.
Fragments of the polypeptides of the invention may be employed for producing the corresponding full-length polypeptide by peptide synthesis; therefore, these variants may be employed as intermediates for producing the full-length polypeptides of the invention.
S. aureus Polynucleotides It is an object of the invention to provide polynucleotides that encode STAAU R2 polypeptides, particularly polynucleotides that encode the polypeptide herein designated S. aureus STAAU_R2.
In one aspect of the invention, a polynucleotide is provided that comprises a region encoding a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide, the polynucleotide comprising a sequence set out in SEQ ID NO: 1. Such a polynucleotide encodes a full length STAAU R2 gene, or a variant thereof. It is contemplated that this full-length gene is essential to the growth and/or survival of an organism which possesses it, such as S. aureus.
As a further aspect of the invention there are provided isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding and/or expressing a fragment of a full-length STAAU R2 polypeptide, particularly a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or a variant thereof. Further embodiments of the invention include biologically, diagnostically, prophylactically, clinically or therapeutically useful polynucleotides, polypeptides, variants thereof, and compositions comprising same.
A polynucleotide of the invention is obtained using S. aureus cells as starting material, the nucleotide sequence information disclosed in SEQ
ID NO: 1, and standard cloning and screening methods, such as those for cloning and sequencing chromosomal DNA fragments from bacteria. For example, to obtain a polynucleotide sequence of the invention, such as the polynucleotide sequence disclosed as in SEQ ID NO: 1, a library of clones of chromosomal DNA
of S. aureus in E. coli or another suitable host is probed with a radiolabeled oligonucleotide, preferably a 17-mer or longer, derived from a partial sequence.
Clones carrying DNA identical to that of the probe can be distinguished using stringent hybridization conditions. As herein used, the terms "stringent conditions"
and "stringent hybridization conditions" mean hybridization occurring only if there is at least 95% and preferably at least 97% identity between the sequences. A
specific example of stringent hybridization conditions is of an overnight incubation of a hybridization support (e.g., a nylon or nitrocellulose membrane) at 42°C in a solution comprising: 1 X 106 cpm/ml labeled probe, 50% formamide, 5x SSC
(150mM NaCI, 15mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 micrograms/ml of denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the hybridization support in 0.1 x SSC at 65°C. Hybridization and wash conditions are well known to those . skilled in the art and are exemplified in Sambrook, et al., Molecular Cloning: A
Laboratory Manual, Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., (1989), particularly Chapter 11 therein. Solution hybridization may also be used with the polynucleotide sequences provided by the invention. By sequencing the individual clones thus identified by hybridization, it is possible to confirm the identity of the clone.
Alternatively, an amplification process can be utilized to isolate the poylnucleotide. In this approach, the sequence disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 1 is targeted by two oligonucleotides, one identical to a sequence on the coding DNA strand at or upstream of the ATG initiation codon and the other which anneals to the opposite strand at or downstream of the stop codon. Priming from these oligonucleotides in a polymerase chain reaction yields a full-length gene coding sequence. Such suitable techniques are described by Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2"d Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989).
In a further aspect, the present invention provides for an isolated polynucleotide comprising or consisting of: (a) a polynucleotide sequence which has at least 60% identity, preferably at least 70% identity, more preferably at least 80% identity, more preferably at least 90% identity, yet. more preferably at feast 95%, most preferably at least 97-99% or exact identity, to that of SEQ ID
NO: 1 over the entire length of SEQ ID NO: 1; (b) a polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide which has at (east 50% identity, preferably at feast 60%
identity, more preferably at least 70% identity, more preferably at least 80%
identity, more preferably at least 90%, yet more preferably at least 95%, most preferably at least 97-99% or exact identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 over the entire length of SEQ ID NO: 2; or the complement of a sequence of (a) or (b) above.
The invention provides a polynucleotide sequence identical over its entire length to the coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1. Also provided by the invention is a coding sequence for a mature polypeptide or a fragment thereof by itself as well as a coding sequence for a mature polypeptide or a fragment in reading frame with another coding sequence, such as a sequence encoding a leader or secretory sequence, a pre-, or pro-, or prepro-protein sequence. The polynucleotide of the invention may also contain at least one non-coding sequence, including for example, but not limited to at least one non-coding 5' and 3' sequence, such as the transcribed but non-translated sequences, termination signals (such as rho-dependent and rho-independent termination signals), ribosome binding sites, Kozak sequences, sequences that stabilize or destabilize mRNAs, introns, and polyadenylation signals. The polynucleotide sequence may also comprise additional coding sequence encoding additional amino acids. For example, a marker sequence that facilitates purification of the fused polypeptide can be encoded. In certain embodiments of the invention, the marker sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, as provided in the pQE vector (Qiagen, Inc.) and described in Gentz et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 86: 821-824 (1989), or an HA
peptide tag [Wilson et al., Cell 37: 767 (1984)], both of which may be useful in purifying polypeptide sequences fused to them. Polynucleotides of the invention also include, but are not limited to, polynucleotides comprising a structural gene and its naturally associated sequences that control gene expression.
While it is most preferred that a polynucleotide of the invention be derived from S. aureus, it may also be obtained from other organisms of the same taxonomic genus. A polynucleotide of the invention may also be obtained, for example, from organisms of the same taxonomic family or order.
Further preferred embodiments are polynucleotides encoding S. aureus STAAU R2 variants that have the amino acid sequence of S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 in which several, a few, 5 to 10, 1 to 5, 1 to 3, 2, 1 or no amino acid residues are substituted, modified, deleted and/or added, in any combination. Especially preferred among these polynucleotides are those encoding silent nucleotide alterations that do not alter the coding sequence or activities of S, aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptides they encode.
Preferred embodiments are polynucleotides encoding polypeptides that retain substantially the same biological function or activity as the mature polypeptide encoded by a DNA of SEQ ID NO: 1.
In accordance with certain preferred embodiments of this invention there are provided polynucleotides that hybridize, particularly under stringent conditions, to S. aureus STAAU_R2 polynucleotide sequences, such as those polynucleotides in Fig. 1.
The polynucleotides of the inventiori are useful as hybridization probes for RNA, cDNA and genomic DNA to isolate full-length cDNAs and genomic clones encoding genes that have a high degree of sequence identity to the STAAU_R2 gene. Such probes generally will comprise at least 15 to about 100 residues or base pairs, although such probes will preferably have about 20 to 50 nucleotide residues or base pairs. Particularly preferred probes are about 20 to about 30 nucleotide residues or base pairs in length.
A coding region of a related STAAU_R2 gene from a bacterial species other than S. aureus may be isolated by screening a library using a DNA
sequence provided in SEQ ID NO: 1 to synthesize an oligonucleotide probe. A
labeled oligonucleotide having a sequence complementary to that of a gene of the invention is then used to screen a library of cDNA, genomic DNA or mRNA to determine to which members) of the library the probe hybridizes.
There are several methods available and well known to those skilled in the art to obtain full-length DNAs, or extend short DNAs, for example those based on the method of Rapid Amplification of cDNA Ends (RACE) [see, for example, Frohman, et al., PNAS USA 85: 8998-9002, 1988]. Recent modifications of the technique, exemplified by the MARATHONTM technology (Clontech Laboratories Inc.) for example, have significantly simplified the search for longer cDNAs. In the MARATHONT"" technology, cDNAs are prepared from mRNA extracted from a chosen cell and an 'adaptor' sequence is ligated onto each end. Nucleic acid amplification by PCR is then carried out to amplify the "missing" 5' end of the DNA using a combination of gene specific and adaptor specific oligonucleotide primers. The PCR reaction is then repeated using "nested" primers, that is, primers designed to anneal within the amplified product (typically an adaptor-specific primer that anneals further 3' in the adaptor sequence and a gene-specific primer that anneals further 5' in the selected gene sequence). The products of this reaction can then be analyzed by DNA
sequencing and a full-length DNA constructed either by joining the product directly to the existing DNA to give a complete sequence, or by carrying out a separate full-length PCR using the new sequence information for the design of the 5' primer.
The polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention may be employed, for example, as research reagents and materials for discovery of treatments of and diagnostics for diseases, particularly human diseases, as further discussed herein relating to polynucleotide assays.
The polynucleotides of the invention that are oligonucleotides derived from a sequence of SEQ ID N0:1 are useful for the design of PCR
primers in reactions to determine whether or not the polynucleotides identified herein in whole or in part are transcribed in bacteria in infected tissue.
That is, the polynucleotides of the invention are useful for diagnosis of infection with a bacterial strain carrying those sequences. It is recognized that such sequences also have utility in diagnosis of the stage of infection and type of infection the pathogen has attained.
The invention also provides polynucleotides that encode a polypeptide that is the mature protein plus additional amino or carboxyl-terminal amino acids, or amino acids interior to the mature polypeptide. Such sequences may play a role in processing of a protein from precursor to a mature form, may allow protein transport, may lengthen or shorten protein half-life or may facilitate manipulation of a protein for assay or production, among other things. As generally is the case in vivo, the additional amino acids may be processed away from the mature protein by cellular enzymes.
A precursor protein, having a mature form of the polypeptide fused to one or more prosequences may be an inactive form of the polypeptide.
When prosequences are removed such inactive precursors generally are activated. Some or all of the prosequences may be removed before activation.
Generally, such precursors are called proproteins.
A polynucleotide of the invention thus may encode a mature protein, a mature protein plus a leader sequence (which may be referred to as a preprotein), a precursor of a mature protein having one or more prosequences that are not the leader sequences of a preprotein, or a preproprotein, which is a precursor to a proprotein, having a leader sequence and one or more prosequences, which generally are removed during processing steps that produce active and mature forms of the polypeptide.
In addition to the standard A, G, C, T/U representations for nucleotides, the term "N" may also be used in describing certain polynucleotides of the invention. "N" means that any of the four DNA or RNA nucleotides may appear at such a designated position in the DNA or RNA sequence, except it is preferred that N is not a nucleotide that when taken in combination with adjacent nucleotide positions, read in the correct reading frame, would have the effect of generating a premature termination codon in such reading frame.
For each and every polynucleotide of the invention there is also provided a polynucleotide complementary to it.
Vectors. Host Cells, and Expression Systems The invention also relates to vectors that comprise a polynucleotide or polynucleotides of the invention, host cells that are genetically engineered with vectors of the invention and the production of polypeptides of the invention by recombinant techniques. Cell-free translation systems can also be employed to produce such proteins using RNAs derived from the DNA constructs of the invention , Recombinant STAAU_R2 polypeptides of the present invention may be prepared by processes well known to those skilled in the art from genetically engineered host cells comprising expression systems.
Accordingly, in a further aspect, the present invention relates to expression systems that comprise a STAAU_R2 polynucleotide or polynucleotides of the present invention, to host cells which are genetically engineered with such expression systems, and to the production of polypeptides of the invention by recombinant techniques.
For recombinant production of STAAU_R2 polypeptides of the invention, host cells can be genetically engineered to incorporate expression systems or portions thereof or polynucleotides of the invention.
Representative examples of appropriate hosts include bacterial cells (Gram positive and Gram negative), fungal cells, insect cells, animal cells and plant cells.
Polynucleotides are introduced to bacteria by standard chemical treatment protocols, such as the induction of competence to take up DNA by treatment with calcium chloride (Sambrook et al., supra). Introduction of polynucleotides into fungal (e.g., yeast) host cells is effected, if desired, by standard chemical methods, such as lithium acetate - mediated transformation.
A great variety of expression systems are useful to produce STAAU_R2 polypeptides of the invention. Such vectors include among others, chromosomal-, episomal- and virus-derived vectors. For example, vectors derived from bacterial plasmids, from bacteriophages, from transposons, from yeast episomes, from insertion elements, from yeast chromosomal elements, from viruses, and from vectors derived from combinations thereof, are useful in the invention.
STAAU_R2 polypeptides of the invention are recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by well-known methods including ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid or urea extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography, and lectin chromatography. Well known techniques for refolding may be employed to regenerate an active conformation when the STAAU R2 polypeptide is denatured during isolation and/or purification.
Diagnostic, Prognostic, Serotypina, and Mutation Assays This invention is also related to the use of STAAU R2 polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention for use as diagnostic reagents.
Detection of S. aureus STAAU R2 polynucleotides and/or polypeptides in a eukaryote, particularly a mammal, and especially a human, will provide a diagnostic method for diagnosis of disease, staging of disease or response of an infectious organism to drugs. Eukaryotes, particularly mammals, and especially humans, particularly those infected or suspected to be infected with an organism comprising the S. aureus STAAU_R2 gene or protein, may be detected at the nucleic acid or amino acid level by a variety of well known techhiques as well as by methods provided herein.
Polypeptides and polynucleotides for prognosis, diagnosis or s other analysis may be obtained from a putatively infected and/or infected individual's bodily materials. Polynucleotides from any of these sources, particularly DNA or RNA, may be used directly for detection or may be amplified enzymatically by using PCR or any other amplification technique prior to analysis.
RNA, particularly mRNA, cDNA and genomic DNA may also be used in the same ways. Using amplification, characterization of the species and strain of infectious or resident organism present in an individual, may be made by an analysis of the genotype of a selected polynucleotide of the organism. Deletions and insertions can be detected by a change in size of the amplified product in comparison to a genotype of a reference sequence selected from a related organism, preferably a different species of the same genus or a different strain of the same species.
Point mutations can be identified by hybridizing amplified DNA
to labeled STAAU_R2 polynucleotide sequences. Perfectly or significantly matched sequences can be distinguished from imperfectly or more significantly mismatched duplexes by DNase or RNase digestion, for DNA or RNA
respectively, or by detecting differences in melting temperatures or renaturation kinetics. Polynucleotide sequence differences may also be detected by alterations in the electrophoretic mobility of polynucleotide fragments in gels as compared to a reference sequence. This may be carried out with or without denaturing agents.
Polynucleotide differences may also be detected by direct DNA or RNA
sequencing. See, for example, Myers et al, (1985) Science 230, 1242. Sequence changes at specific locations also may be revealed by nuclease protection assays, such as RNase, V1 and S1 protection assay or a chemical cleavage method. See, for example, Cotton et al., (1985) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA
85, 4397-4401.
In another embodiment, an array of oligonucleotide probes comprising STAAU_R2 nucleotide sequence or fragments thereof can be constructed to conduct efficient screening of, for example, genetic mutations, serotype, taxonomic classification or identification. Array technology methods are well known and have general applicability and can be used to address a variety of questions in molecular genetics including gene expression, genetic linkage, and genetic variability (see, for example, Chee et al., (1996) Science 274, 610).
Thus in another aspect, the present invention relates to a diagnostic kit which comprises: (a) a polynucleotide of the present invention, preferably the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, or a fragment thereof ;
(b) a nucleotide sequence complementary to that of (a); (c) a polypeptide of the present invention, preferably the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 or a fragment thereof; or (d) an antibody to a polypeptide of the present invention, preferably to the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 or fragment thereof.
It will be appreciated that in any such kit, (a), (b), (c) or (d) may comprise a substantial component. Such a kit will be of use in diagnosing a disease or susceptibility to a disease, among others.
This invention also relates to the use of STAAU R2 polynucleotides of the present invention as diagnostic reagents. Detection of a mutated form of a polynucleotide of the invention, preferably, SEQ ID NO: 1, which is associated with a disease or pathogenicity will provide a diagnostic tool that can add to, or define, a diagnosis of a disease, a prognosis of a course of ~ disease, a determination of a stage of disease, or a susceptibility.to a disease, which results from under-expression, over-expression or altered expression of the polynucleotide. Organisms, particularly infectious organisms, carrying mutations in such polynucleotide may be detected at the polynucleotide level by a variety of techniques, such as those described elsewhere herein.
The STAAU R2 nucleotide sequences of the present invention are also valuable for organism chromosome identification. The sequence is specifically targeted to, and can hybridize with, a particular location on an organism's chromosome, particularly to a S. aureus chromosome. The mapping of relevant sequences to chromosomes according to the present invention may be an important step in correlating those sequences with pathogenic potential and/or an ecological niche of an organism and/or drug resistance of an organism, as well as the essentiality of the gene to the organism.
Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the.
physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. Such data may be found on-line in a sequence database. The relationship between genes and diseases that have been mapped to the same chromosomal region are then identified through known genetic methods, for example, through linkage analysis (coinheritance of physically adjacent genes) or mating studies, such as by conjugation.
The differences in a polynucleotide and/or polypeptide sequence between organisms possessing a first phenotype and organisms possessing a different, second different phenotype can also be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all organisms possessing the first phenotype but not in any organisms possessing the second phenotype, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the first phenotype.
Polypeptides and polynucleotides for prognosis, diagnosis or other analysis may be obtained from a putatively infected and/or infected individual's bodily materials. Particularly DNA or polynucleotides, from any of these sources may be used directly for detection or may be amplified enzymatically using PCR or other amplification technique with oligonucleotide amplification primers derived from the polynucleotide sequence of S. aureus STAAIJ_R2. RNA, particularly mRNA, or RNA reverse transcribed to cDNA, is also useful for diagnostics. Following amplification of a S. aureus STAAU_R2 __ .. _ d,_ .
related polynucleotide from a sample, characterization of the species and strain of infecting or resident organism is made by an analysis of the amplified polynucleotide relative to one or more reference polynucleotides or sequences relative to a standard from a related organism (i.e. a known strain of S.
aureus).
The invention further provides a process for diagnosing bacterial infections such as those caused by S. aureus, the process comprising determining from a sample derived from an individual, such as a bodily material, an increased level of expression of a polynucleotide having a sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 1 relative to a sample taken from a non-diseased individual.
Increased or decreased expression of a STAAU R2 polynucleotide can be measured using any one of the methods well known in the art for the quantitation of polynucleotides, such as, for example, PCR, RT-PCR, RNase protection, Northern blotting and other hybridization methods, and spectrometry.
In addition, a diagnostic assay in accordance with the invention for detecting over-expression of STAAU_R2 polypeptide compared to normal control tissue samples may be used to detect the presence of an infection, for example. Assay techniques that can be used to determine levels of a S.
aureus DnaN polypeptide, in a sample derived from a host, such as a bodily material, are well-known to those of skill in the art. Such assay methods include radioimmunoassays, competitive-binding assays, Western Blot analysis, antibody sandwich assays, antibody detection and ELISA assays.
Gridding and Polynucleotide Subtraction of S, aureus Genomic Seguences The STAAU_R2 polynucleotides of the invention may be used as components of polynucleotide arrays, preferably high density arrays or grids.
These high density arrays are particularly useful for diagnostic and prognostic purposes. For example, a set of spots each comprising a different gene, and further comprising a polynucleotide or polynucleotides of the invention, may be used for probing, such as hybridization or nucleic acid amplification, using a probe W°y ~ v 6eAil~ "° 1 ~ V s ~ i t obtained or derived from a bodily sample, to determine the presence a particular polynucleotide sequence or related sequence in an individual.
Antibodies Specific for S. aureus Peptides or Polypeptides The STAAU_R2 polypeptides and polynucleotides of the invention or variants thereof, or cells expressing them are useful as immunogens to produce antibodies immunospecific for such polypeptides or polynucleotides, respectively.
In certain preferred embodiments of the invention there are provided antibodies against S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptides or polynucleotides encoding them. Antibodies against STAAU_R2-polypeptide or STAAU_R2-polynucleotide are useful for treatment of infections, particularly bacterial infections.
Antibodies generated against the polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention are obtained by administering the polypeptides and/or polynucleotides of the invention or epitope-bearing fragments of either or both, analogues of either or both, or cells expressing either or both, to an animal, preferably a nonhuman, using routine protocols. For preparation of monoclonal antibodies, any technique known in the art that provides antibodies produced by continuous cell line cultures is useful. Examples include various techniques, such as those in Kohler, G. and Milstein, C., Nature 256: 495-497 (1975); ICozbor et al., Immunology Today 4: 72 (1983); and Cole et al., pg. 96-96 in Monoclonal Anbitodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, fnc. (1985).
Techniques for the production of single chain antibodies (U.S.
Patent No. 4,946,968) can be adapted to produce single chain antibodies to polypeptides or polynucleotides of this invention. Also, transgenic mice, or other mammals, are useful to express humanized antibodies immunospecific to the polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention.
When antibodies are administered therapeutically, the antibody or variant thereof is preferably modified to make if less immunogenic in the individual. For example, if the individual is human the antibody is most preferably "humanized," where the complementarity determining region or regions of the hybridoma-derived antibody has been transplanted into a human monoclonal antibody, for example as described in Jones et al. (1986), Nature 321, 522-525 or Tempest et al., (1991 ) Biotechnology 9, 266-273.
Alternatively, phage display technology is useful to select antibody genes with binding activities towards a STAAU R2 polypeptide of the invention. In one possible scheme, antibody fragments specific for S. aureus STAAU_R2 are selected from an immune library of antibody genes expressed as fusions with coat protein of filamentous phage. Alternatively, naive libraries are screened by phage display techniques to identify genes encoding antibodies specified for STAAU_R2 or from naive libraries [McCafferty, et al., (1990), Nature 348, 552-554; Marks, et al., (1992) Biotechnology 10, 969-783; a recent reference is de Haard et al. (1999) J Biol Chem 274: 18218-18230]. The ability to recover, for various targets, antibodies with subnanomolar affinities obviates the need for immunization. The affinity of these antibodies can also be improved by, for example, chain shuffling [Clackson et al., (1991) Nature 352: 628].
The above-described antibodies may be employed to isolate or to identify clones expressing the polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention, for example to purify the polypeptides or polynucleotides by immunoaffinity chromatography.
A variant polypeptide or polynucleotide of the invention, such as an antigenically or immunologically equivalent derivative or a fusion protein of the polypeptide is also useful as an antigen to immunize a mouse or other animal such as a rat or chicken. A fused protein provides stability to the polypeptide acting as a carrier, or acts as an adjuvant or both. Alternatively, the antigen is associated, for example by conjugation, with an immunogenic carrier protein, such as bovine serum albumin, keyhole limpet haemocyanin or tetanus toxoid.
Alternatively, when antibodies are to be administered therapeutically, alternatively a multiple antigenic polypeptide comprising multiple copies of the polypeptide, or an antigenically or immunologically equivalent polypeptide thereof may be sufficiently antigenic to improve immunogenicity so as to obviate the use of a carnet.
In accordance with an aspect of the invention, there is provided the use of a STAAU_R2 polynucleotide of the invention for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes, in particular genetic immunization. The use of a STAAU R2 polynucleotide of the invention in genetic immunization preferably employs a suitable delivery method such as direct injection of plasmid DNA
into muscles [Wolff et al., Hum Mol Genet (1992) 1: 363, Manthorpe et al., Hum.
Gene Ther. (1983) 4: 419], delivery of DNA complexed with specific protein carriers [UVu et al., JBiol Chem. (1989) 264: 16985], coprecipitation of DNA with calcium phosphate [Benvenisty & Reshef, PNAS USA, (1986) 83: 9551 ], encapsulation of DNA in various forms of liposomes [Kaneda et ai., Science (1989) 243: 375], particle bombardment [Tang et al., Nature (1992) 356:152, Eisenbraun et al., DNA
Cell Biol (1993) 12: 791] or in vivo infection using cloned retroviral vectors [Seeger et al., PNAS USA (1984) 81: 5849].
Antagonists and Aaonists: Assays and Molecules The invention is based in part on the discovery that STAAU R2 is a target for the bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240 inhibitory factors. Applicants have recognized the utility of the interaction in the development of antibacterial agents. Specifically, the inventors have recognized that 1) STAAU_R2 is a critical target for bacterial inhibition; 2) 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 or derivatives or functional mimetics thereof are useful for inhibiting bacterial growth; and 3) the interaction between STAAU_R2 of S, aureus and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF
240 may be used as a target for the screening and rational design of drugs or antibacterial agents. In addition to methods of directly inhibiting STAAU_R2 activity, methods of inhibiting STAAU_R2 expression are also attractive for antibacterial activity.
In several embodiments of the invention, there are provided methods for identifying compounds which bind to or otherwise interact with and inhibit or activate an activity or expression of a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the invention comprising: contacting a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the invention with a compound to be screened under conditions to permit binding to or other interaction between the compound and the polypeptide and/or polynucleotide to assess the binding to or other interaction with the compound, such binding or interaction preferably being associated with a second component capable of providing a detectable signal in response to the binding or interaction of the polypeptide and/or polynucleotide with the compound; and determining whether the compound binds to or otherwise interacts with and activates or inhibits an activity or expression of the polypeptide and/or polynucleotide by detecting the presence or absence of a signal generated from the binding or interaction of the compound with the polypeptide and/or polynucleotide.
Potential antagonists include, among others, small organic molecules, peptides, polypeptides and antibodies that bind to a polynucleotide and/or polypeptide of the invention and thereby inhibit or extinguish its activity or expression. Potential antagonists also may be small organic molecules, a peptide, a polypeptide such as a closely related protein or antibody that binds the same sites on a binding molecule, such as a binding molecule, without inducing STAAU R2-induced activities, thereby preventing the action or expression of S.
aureus STAAU R2 polypeptides and/or polynucleotides by excluding S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptides and/or polynucleotides from binding.
Potential antagonists also include a small molecule that binds to and occupies the binding site of the polypeptide thereby preventing binding to cellular binding molecules, such that normal biological activity is prevented.
Cellular binding molecules include but are not limited to proteins involved in DNA
replication. Examples of cellular binding molecules include DNA polymerase III
a and 8 subunits, DNA polymerase I, DNA polymerase II, DNA polymerase V, DNA ligase and MutS polypeptides.
Examples of small molecules include but are not limited to small organic molecules, peptides or peptide-like molecules. Other potential antagonists include antisense molecules [see Okano, (1991 ) J. Neurochem. 56, 560; see also Oligodeoxynucleotides As Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression, CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL (1988), for a description of these molecules].
Preferred potential antagonists include compounds related to and variants of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 and of STAAU R2. Other examples of potential polypeptide antagonists include antibodies or, in some cases, oligonucleotides or proteins which are closely related to the ligands, substrates, receptors, enzymes, etc., as the case may be, of the polypeptide, e.g., a fragment of the ligands, substrates, receptors, enzymes, etc.; or small molecules which bind to the polypeptide of the present invention but do not elicit a response, so that the activity of the polypeptide is prevented.
Compounds may be identified from a variety of sources, for example, cells, cell-free preparations, chemical libraries, and natural product mixtures. These substrates and ligands may be natural substrates and ligands or may be structural or functional mimetics. See, e.g., Coligan et al., Current Protocols in Immunology 1 (2): Chapter 5 (1991 ). Peptide modulators can also be selected by screening large random libraries of all possible peptides of a certain length.
Compounds derived from the polypeptide sequence of 44AHJD ORF25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 could represent fragments representing small overlapping peptides spanning the entire amino acid sequence of these ORFs. Fragments of 44AHJD ORF25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 can be produced as described above.
Certain of the polypeptides of the invention are biomimetics, functional mimetics of the natural S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide. These functional mimetics are useful for, among other things, antagonizing the activity of S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or as an antigen or immunogen in a manner, described above. Functional mimetics of the polypeptides of the invention include but are not limited to truncated polypeptides. For example, preferred functional mimetics include a polypeptide comprising the polypeptide sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 2 lacking 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, 200, 300, 325 amino- or carboxy-terminal amino acid residues, including fusion proteins comprising one or more of these truncated sequences. Polynucleotides encoding each of these functional mimetics may be used as expression cassettes to express each mimetic polypeptide. It is preferred that these cassettes comprise 5' and 3' restriction sites to allow for a convenient means to ligate the cassettes together when desired.
It is further preferred that these cassettes comprise gene expression signals known in the art or described elsewhere herein.
Screening Assays According to the Invention It is desirable to devise screening methods to identify compounds which stimulate or which inhibit the function of the STAAU,R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide of the invention. Accordingly, the present invention provides for a method of screening compounds to identify those that modulate the function of a polypeptide or polynucleotide of the invention. In general, antagonists may be employed for therapeutic and prophylactic purposes. It is contemplated that an agonist of STAAU_R2 may be useful, for example, to enhance the growth rate of bacteria in a sample being cultured for diagnostic or other purposes.
It has been determined that STAAU_R2 is a target for bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168 and G1 ORF 240 products, which acts as inhibitory factors. Applicants have recognized the utility of the interaction in the development of antibacterial agents. Polypeptide and/or _70_ polynucleotide targets such as STAAU_R2 are critical targets for bacterial inhibition. S. aureus bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF
240 or derivatives or functional mimetics thereof are useful for inhibiting bacterial growth and the interaction, binding, inhibition and/or activation which occurs between polypeptides, such as for example STAAU_R2 of S. aureus and 44AHJD
ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240 may be used for the screening and rational design of drugs or antibacterial agents. In addition to methods for directly inhibiting a target such as STAAU_R2 activity, methods of inhibiting a target such as STAAU_R2 expression are also attractive for antibacterial activity.
In preferred embodiments, the method involves the interaction of an inhibitory ORF product or fragment thereof with the corresponding bacterial target or fragment thereof that maintains the interaction with the ORF product or fragment. Interference with the interaction between the components can be monitored, and such interference is indicative of compounds that can inhibit, activate, or enhance the activity of the target molecule.
a. Binding Assays There are a number of methods of examining binding of a candidate compound to a protein target such as STAAU R2 and a polypeptide comprising amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragments thereof.
Screening methods that measure the binding of a candidate compound to the STAAU_R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide, or to cells or supports bearing the polypeptide or a fusion protein comprising the polypeptide, by means of a label directly or indirectly associated with the candidate compound, are useful in the invention.
The screening method may involve competition for binding of a labeled competitor such as 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 or a fragment that is competent to bind STAAU R2.
° a 6 ~'e~ - ~. ~ r~ Y a Non-limiting examples of screening assays [Reviewed in Sittampalam et al. 1997 Curr Opin Chem Biol. 3:384-91] in accordance with the present invention include the following.
i.) Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer (FRET) A method of measuring inhibition of binding of two proteins using fluorescence resonance energy transfer [FRET;. de Angelis, 1999, Physiological Genomics]. FRET is a quantum mechanical phenomenon that occurs between a fluorescence donor (D) and a fluorescence acceptor (A) in close proximity (usually < 100 A of separation.) if the emission spectrum of D
overlaps with the excitation spectrum of A. Variants of the green fluorescent protein (GFP) from the jellyfish Aequorea victoria are fused to a polypeptide or protein and serve as D-A pairs in a FRET scheme to measure protein-protein interaction. Cyan (CFP: D) and yellow (YFP: A) fluorescence proteins are linked with STAAU_R2 polypeptide, or a fragment of STAAU_R2 and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 protein respectively. Under optimal proximity, interaction between STAAU R2, or a fragment of STAAU_R2, and 44AHJD ORF
25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 causes a decrease in intensity of CFP
fluorescence concomitant with an increase in YFP fluorescence.
The addition of a candidate modulator to the mixture of appropriately labeled STAAU_R2 and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF
240 protein, will result in an inhibition of energy transfer evidenced by, for example, a decease in YFP fluorescence at a given concentration of 44AHJD
ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 relative to a sample without the candidate inhibitor.
ii.) Fluorescence polarization Fluorescence polarization measurement is another useful method to quantitate protein-protein binding. The fluorescence polarization value for a fluorescently-tagged molecule depends on the rotational correlation time or tumbling rate. Protein complexes, such as those formed by S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide, or a fragment of STAAU_R2 associating with a fluorescently labeled poiypeptide (e.g., 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 or a binding fragment thereof), have higher polarization values than does the fluorescently labeled polypeptide. Inclusion of a candidate inhibitor of the STAAU'R2 interaction results in a decrease in fluorescence polarization relative to a mixture without the candidate inhibitor if the candidate inhibitor disrupts or inhibits the interaction of STAAU_R2 with its polypeptide binding partner. It is preferred that this method be used to characterize small molecules that disrupt the formation of polypeptide or protein complexes.
iii.) Surface plasmon resonance Another powerful assay to screen for inhibitors of a protein:
protein interaction is surface plasmon resonance. Surface plasmon resonance is a quantitative method that measures binding between two (or more) molecules by the change in mass near a sensor surface caused by the binding of one protein or other biomolecule from the aqueous phase (analyte) to a second protein or biomolecule immobilized on the sensor(ligand). This change in mass is measured as resonance units versus time after injection or removal of the second protein or biomolecule (analyte) and is measured using a Biacore Biosensor (Biacore AB) or similar device. STAAU R2, or a polypeptide comprising fragment of STAAU_R2, could be immobilized as a ligand on a sensor chip (for example, research grade CM5 chip; Biacore AB) using a covalent linkage method (e.g. amine coupling in 10 mM sodium acetate [pH 4.5]). A blank surface is prepared by activating and inactivating a sensor chip without protein immobilization. Alternatively, a ligand surface can be prepared by noncovalent capture of ligand on the surface of the sensor chip by means of a peptide affinity tag, an antibody, or biotinylation. The binding of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF
or G1 ORF 240 to STAAU_R2, or a fragment of STAAU R2, is measured by injecting purified 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 over the ligand chip surface. Measurements are performed at any desired temperature between 4°C and 37°C. Conditions used for the assay (i.e., those permitting binding) are as follows: 25 mM HEPES-KOH (pH 7.6), 150 mM sodium chloride, 15% glycerol, 1 mM dithiothreitol, and 0.001 % Tween 20 with a flow rate of 10 ul/min. Preincubation of the sensor chip with candidate inhibitors will predictably decrease the interaction between 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF
240 and STAAU_R2. A decrease in 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF
240 binding, detected as a reduced response on sensorgrams and measured in resonance units, is indicative of competitive binding by the candidate compound.
iv.) Scintillation Proximity Assay A scintillation proximity assay (SPA) may be used to characterize the interaction between a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide, or a fragment of STAAU_R2 polypeptide, for example comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or a part thereof, and another polypeptide. The SPA
relies in a solid-phase substrate, such as beads or the plastic of a microtitre plate, into which a scintillant has been incorporated. For the assay, the target protein, for example a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide, is coupled to the beads or to the surface of the plate, either covalently through activated surface chemistries or non-covalently through a peptide affinity tag, an antibody, or biotinylation.
Addition of a radiolabeled binding polypeptide, for example [32P]-radiolabeled 44AHJD
ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 orG1 ORF 240, results in close proximity of the radioactive source molecule to the scintillant. As a consequence, the radioactive decay excites the scintillant contained within the bead or within the plastic of the plate and detectable light is emitted. Compounds that prevent the association between immobilized S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide and radiolabeled 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 will diminish the scintillation signal. The SPA thus represents an example of an ideal technology with which to screen for inhibitors of the STAAU_R2-44AHJD ORF 25, STAAU_R2-Twort ORF
168 or STAAU_R2-G1 ORF 240 interactions because it is readily adapted to high-throughput, automated format and because of its sensitivity for detection of protein-protein interactions with Kpvalues in the micromolar to nanomolar ranges.
v.) Bio Sensor Assay ICS biosensors have been described by AMBRI (Australian Membrane Biotechnology Research Institute; http/lwww.ambri.com.au/). In this technology, the self-association of macromolecules such as STAAU_R2, or a fragment of STAAU_R2, and bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240, is coupled to the closing of gramicidin-facilitated ion channels in suspended membrane bilayers and hence to a measurable change in the admittance (similar to impedance) of the biosensor. This approach is linear over six order of magnitude of admittance change and is ideally suited for large scale, high through-put screening of small molecule combinatorial libraries.
vi.) Phage display Phage display is a powerful assay to measure protein:protein interaction. In this scheme, proteins or peptides are expressed as fusions with coat proteins or tail proteins of filamentous bacteriophage. A comprehensive monograph on this subject is Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins. A
Laboratory Manual edited by Kay et al. (1996) Academic Press. For phages in the Ff family that include M13 and fd, gene III protein and gene VIII protein are the most commonly-used partners for fusion with foreign protein or peptides.
Phagemids are vectors containing origins of replication both for plasmids and for bacteriophage. Phagemids encoding fusions to the gene III or gene VIII can be rescued from their bacterial hosts with helper phage, resulting in the display of the foreign sequences on the coat or at the tip of the recombinant phage.
In the simplest assay, purified recombinant STAAU~R2 protein, or a fragment of STAAU_R2, could be immobilized in the wells of a microtitre plate and incubated with phages displaying 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 in fusion with the gene III protein. Washing steps are performed to remove unbound phages and bound phages are detected with monoclonal antibodies directed against phage coat protein (gene VIII protein).
An enzyme-linked secondary antibody allows quantitative detection of bound fusion protein by fluorescence, chemiluminescence, or colourimetric conversion.
Screening for inhibitors is performed by the incubation of the compound with the immobilized target before the addition of phages. The presence of an inhibitor will specifically reduce the signal in a dose-dependent manner relative to controls without inhibitor.
It is important to note that in assays of protein-protein interaction, it is possible that a modulator of the interaction need not necessarily interact directly with the domains) of the proteins that physically interact.
It is also possible that a modulator will interact at a location removed from the site of protein-protein interaction and cause, for example, a conformational change in the STAAU_R2 polypeptide. Modulators (inhibitors or agonists) that act in.this manner can be termed allosteric effectors and are of interest since the change they induce may modify the activity of the STAAU_R2 'polypeptide.
b. Assays of STAAU_R2 Functional Activity Non-limiting examples of assays to assess the functional enzymatic activity of STAAU R2, or fragments thereof, variant or homolog thereof, include the measurement of stimulation of in vitro DNA replication.
There are number of methods of measuring the DNA synthesis stimulation of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of STAAU R2.
For example, an assay for STAAU_R2 activity could involved the measurement of radiolabeled nucleotide incorporated into cellular DNA.
Samples (0.5 ml) are withdrawn from cultures at appropriate time intervals and mixed with 4.5 p1 of labeling solution (0.2 pCilml of 3H-thymidine (73 Ci/mmol, NEN Life Science Products, Inc.) and 70 pmol of unlabeled thymidine). After 15 minutes of reaction, incorporation is stopped by adding 5 p1 of 0.2% NaN3 and p1 of 30 pg/ml unlabeled thymidine. Samples are precipitated with 10% (w/v) trichloroacetic acid and filtered through glass fiber filters (GF-C, Whatman).
The results are expressed as 3H-thymidine counts incorporated, normalized to the OD
' of the culture.
DNA synthesis could be measured by using a soluble cell-free in vitro system based on.the use of a variety of difFerent synthetic DNA
substrates.
The replication assay could involved crude or partially purified cellular proteins extracts. The replication assays could be reconstituted with partially pure or pure form of native proteins or recombinantly produced proteins.
In one cell-free in vitro assay, an extract prepared from S.
aureus is supplied to a plasmid substrate, for example a primed circular M13ssDNA substrate, in a reaction , including exogenous radiolabeled deoxynucleotide triphosphates (dATP, dTTP, dGTP and ,dCTP), MgCl2 and ATP.
The reaction is stopped and the products precipitated with trichloroacetic acid, and then filtered. Scintillation counting of the dried filter gives the level of de novo replication.
Another example to assay for STAAU R2 activity is to measure the level of radiolabeled nucleotide incorporated into DNA in a reconstituted in vitro assay using primed circular ssDNA substrate [Bruck and O'Donnell 2000, J. Biol. Chem. 275: 28971-28983]. The replication reactions typically, contained Tris-HCI [pH 7.5], MgCl2, BSA, DTT, ATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dATP, [a.-32P]dTTP, EDTA, glycerol, circular primed M13ssDNA, S. aureus SSB, PoIC, ~, 8 and 8' and increasing amount of STAAU_R2 polypeptide. Reactions were incubated at 37°C for 5 min and quenched upon addition of SDS and EDTA.
Half of the quenched reaction is analyzed for total DNA synthesis using a DE81 filter paper. The other half is analyzed by electrophoresis on agarose gel.
Gels are dried, and radioactive products were visualized following exposure to a phosphorlmager screen for the evaluation of the rate of DNA synthesis and processivity.
Testing for inhibitors, for example 44AHJD ORF 25 and Twort ORF168, is performed by the incubation of the compound with the reaction mixtures. The presence of an inhibitor will specifically reduce the signal in a dose-dependent manner relative to controls without inhibitor. Compounds selected for their ability to inhibit interactions between STAAU R2-44AHJD ORF 25 or STAAU_R2-Twort ORF can be further tested in functional activity assays.
Alternatively, a rapid fluorometric assay that measures the activity of replication enzymes could be developed to measure STAAU R2 activity. The fluorometric assay is based on the preferential binding of a fluorescent dye to double stranded DNA, for example, de novo synthesized DNA, vs. single stranded DNA and it has been described (Seville et al., 1996.
Biotechniques 21:664-672). A reconstituted in vitro assay similar to that described using primed circular ssDNA substrate [Bruck and O'Donnell 2000, J. Biol.
Chem.
275:28971-28983] could be developed. The replication reactions would contain Tris-HCI (pH 7.5], MgCh, BSA, DTT, ATP, dNTPs, EDTA, glycerol, circular primed M13ssDNA, S. aureus SSB, PoIC, ~, S and 8' and increasing amount of STAAU_R2 polypeptide. Reactions are incubated at 37°C for variable times then quenched. The quenched reaction is analyzed for total DNA synthesis by adding PicoGreenT~~ dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR), incubating 5 min at room temperature, and reading the intensity of fluorescence of PicoGreen (~,~, 485 nm;
7~~M, 525 nm). The sensitivity of the dye and the homogeneous nature of the PicoGreen assay should allow rapid screening in a non-radiometric assay format.
Testing for inhibitors, for example of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168 or G1 ORF 240 (of fragments or variants thereof), is performed by the incubation of the compound with the reaction mixtures. The presence of an inhibitor will specifically reduce the fluorescence signal in a dose-dependent manner relative to controls without inhibitor. Compounds selected for their ability to inhibit interactions between STAAU R2-44AHJD ORF 25, STAAU_R2-Twort ORF 168 or STAAU R2-G1 ORF 240 can be further tested in functional activity assays.
c. Bacterial growth inhibition Compounds selected for their ability to inhibit interactions between STAAU_R2 and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 or to inhibit the STAAU_R2 activity can be further tested in functional assays of bacterial growth. Cultures of S. aureus are grown in the presence of varying concentrations of a candidate compound added directly to the medium or using a vehicle which is appropriate for the delivery of the compound into the cell.
For compounds that correspond to polypeptides, the nucleotide sequence encoding said polypeptides can be cloned into a S. aureus expression vector containing an inducible promotor. The expression of the polypeptide could be induced following transfection of cells. For example, the polypeptide may include, but is not limited to the different 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240-derived fragments (e.g. with SEQ ID NO: 8).
Following the induction of expression or the addition of compound, the cultures are then incubated for an additional 4 h at 37°C. During that period of time, the effect of inhibitors on bacterial cell growth may be monitored at 40 min intervals, by measuring, for example, the OD565 and the number of colony forming units (CFU) in the cultures. The number of CFU is evaluated as follows: cultures are serially diluted and aliquots from the different cultures are plated out on agar plates. Following incubation overnight at 37°C, the number of colonies is counted. Non-treated cultures of S. aureus are included as negative control.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to a screening kit for identifying agonists, antagonists, ligands, receptors, substrates, enzymes, etc. for a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the present invention; or compounds which decrease or enhance the production of such polypeptides and/or polynucleotides, which comprises: (a) a polypeptide and/or a polynucleotide of the present invention; (b) a recombinant cell expressing a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the present invention; (c) a cell membrane associated with a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the present invention;
or (d) an antibody to a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the present invention; , which polypeptide is preferably that of SEQ ID NO: 2, and for which the polynucleotide is preferably that of SEQ ID NO: 1.
It will be appreciated that in any such kit, (a), (b), (c) or (d) may comprise a substantial component.
It will be readily appreciated by the skilled artisan that a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the present invention may also be used in a method for the structure-based design of an agonist, antagonist or inhibitor of the polypeptide and/or polynucleotide, by: (a) determining in the first instance the three-dimensional structure of the polypeptide andlor polynucleotide, or complexes thereof; (b) deducing the three-dimensional structure for the likely reactive site(s), binding sites) or motifs) of an agonist, antagonist or inhibitor; (c) synthesizing candidate compounds that are predicted to bind to or react with the deduced binding site(s), reactive site(s), and/or motif(s); and (d) testing whether the candidate compounds are indeed agonists, antagonists or inhibitors. It will be further appreciated that this will normally be an iterative process, and this iterative process may be performed using automated and computer-controlled steps.
Each of the polynucleotide sequences provided herein may be used in the discovery and development of antibacterial compounds. The encoded protein, upon expression, can be used as a target for the screening of antibacterial drugs. Additionally, the polynucleotide sequences encoding the amino terminal regions of the encoded protein or Shine-Dalgarno or other sequence that facilitate translation of the respective mRNA can be used to construct antisense sequences to control the expression of the coding sequence of interest.
The invention also provides the use of the polypeptide, polynucleotide, agonist or antagonist of the invention to interfere with the initial physical interaction between a pathogen or pathogens and a eukaryotic, preferably mammalian, host that is responsible for sequelae of infection. In _$Q_ particular, the molecules of the invention may be used: in the prevention of adhesion of bacteria, in particular Gram positive and/or Gram negative bacteria, to eukaryotic, preferably mammalian, extracellular matrix proteins on in-dwelling devices or to eXtracellular matrix proteins in wounds; to block bacterial adhesion between eukaryotic, preferably mammalian, extracellular matrix proteins and bacterial STAAU'R2 proteins that mediate tissue damage and/or; to block the normal progression of pathogenesis in infections initiated other than by the implantation of in-dwelling devices or by other surgical techniques.
In accordance v~ith yet another aspect of the invention, there are provided STAAU_R2 antagonists, preferably bacteriostatic or bacteriocidal antagonists.
The antagonists of the invention may be employed, for instance, to prevent, inhibit and/or treat diseases.
Compositions, kits and administration In a further aspect of the invention there are provided compositions comprising a STAAU_R2 polynucleotide and/or a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide for administration to a cell or to a multicellular organism.
The present invention provides for pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide, such as the soluble form of a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the present invention, antagonist peptide or small molecule compound, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
Such carriers include, but are not limited to, saline, buffered saline, dextrose, water, glycerol, ethanol, and combinations thereof. The pharmaceutical compositions may be administered in any effective, convenient manner including, for instance, administration by topical, oral, anal, vaginal, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intranasal or intradermal routes among others.
In therapy or as a prophylactic, the active agent may be administered to an individual as an injectable composition, for example as a sterile aqueous dispersion, preferably isotonic.
Alternatively the composition may be formulated for topical application for example in the form of ointments, creams, lotions, eye ointments, eye drops, ear drops, mouthwash, impregnated dressings and sutures and aerosols, and may contain appropriate conventional additives, including, for example, preservatives, solvents to assist drug penetration, and emollients in ointments and creams. Such topical formulations may also contain compatible conventional carriers, for example cream or ointment bases, and ethanol or oleyl alcohol for lotions. Such carriers may constitute from about 1 % to about 98%
by weight of the formulation; more usually they will constitute up to about 80%
by weight of the formulation. Alternative means for systemic administration include transmucosal and transdermal administration using penetrants such as bile salts or fusidic acids or other detergents. In addition, if a polypeptide or other compounds of the present invention can be formulated in an enteric or an encapsulated formulation, oral administration may also be possible.
Administration of these compounds may also be topical and/or localized, in the form of salves, pastes, gels, and the like.
For administration to mammals, and particularly humans, it is expected that the daily dosage level of the active agent will be from 0.01 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, typically around 1 mg/kg. The physician in any event will determine the actual dosage that will be most suitable for an individual~and will vary with the age, weight and response of the particular individual. The above dosages are exemplary of the average case. There can, of course, be individual instances where higher or lower dosage ranges are merited, and such are within the scope of this invention.
As used herein, the term "in-dwelling device" refers to surgical implants, prosthetic devices and catheters, i.e., devices that are introduced to the body of an individual and remain in position for an, extended time. Such devices include, but are not limited to, artificial joints, heart valves, pacemakers, vascular grafts, vascular catheters, cerebrospinal fluid shunts, urinary catheters, continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD) catheters.
The composition of the invention may be administered by injection to achieve a systemic effect against relevant bacteria shortly before insertion of an in-dwelling device. Treatment may be continued after surgery during the in-body time of the device. In addition, the composition could also be used to broaden perioperative cover for any surgical technique to prevent bacterial wound infections, especially S. aureus wound infections.
Many orthopedic surgeons consider that humans with prosthetic joints should be considered for antibiotic prophylaxis before dental treatment that could produce a bacteremia. Deep infection is a serious complication sometimes leading to loss of the prosthetic joint and is accompanied by significant morbidity and mortality. It may therefore be possible to extend the use of the active agent as a replacement for prophylactic antibiotics in this situation.
In addition to the therapy described above, the compositions of this invention may be used generally as a wound treatment agent to prevent adhesion of bacteria to matrix proteins exposed in wound tissue and for prophylactic use in dental treatment as an alternative to, or in conjunction with, antibiotic prophylaxis.
Alternatively, the composition of the invention may be used to bathe an indwelling device immediately before insertion. The active agent will preferably be present at a concentration of 1 mg/ml to 10mg/ml for bathing of wounds or indwelling devices.
A vaccine composition is conveniently in injectable form.
Conventional adjuvants may be employed to enhance the immune response. A
suitable unit dose for vaccination is 0.5-5 microgram of antigen /kg, and such dose is preferably administered 1-3 times and with an interval of 1-3 weeks.
With the indicated dose range, no adverse toxicological effects will be observed with the compounds of the invention that would preclude their administration to suitable individuals.
Seauence Databases. Seauences in a Tangible Medium and Algorithms Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences form a valuable information resource with which to determine their 2- and 3-dimensional structures as well as to identify further sequences of homology. These approaches are most easily facilitated by storing the sequence in a computer readable medium and then using the stored data in a known macromolecular structure program or to search a sequence database using well-known searching tools, such as GCC.
The polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the invention are particularly useful as components in databases useful for search analyses as well as in sequence analysis algorithms. As used in this section entitled "Sequence Databases, Sequences in a Tangible Medium, and Algorithms," and in claims related to this section, the terms "polynucleotide of the invention" and "polynucleotide sequence of the invention" mean any detectable chemical or physical characteristic of a polynucleotide of the invention that is or may be reduced to or stored in a tangible medium, preferably a computer readable form. For example, chromatographic scan data or peak data, photographic data or scan data therefrom, called bases, and mass spectrographic data. As used in this section entitled Databases and Algorithms and in claims related thereto, the terms "polypeptide of the invention" and "polypeptide sequence of the invention" mean any detectable chemical or physical characteristic of a polypeptide of the invention that is or may be reduced to or stored in a tangible medium, preferably a computer readable form. For example, chromatographic scan data or peak data, photographic data or scan data . therefrom, and mass spectrographic data.
The invention provides a computer readable medium having stored thereon polypeptide sequences of the invention and/or polynucleotide sequences of the invention. The computer readable medium can be any composition of matter used to store information or data, including, for example, commercially available floppy disks, tapes, chips, hard drives, compact disks, and video disks.
in a preferred embodiment of the invention there is provided a computer readable medium having stored thereon a member selected from the group consisting of: a polynucleotide comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1;
a polypeptide comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2; a set of polynucleotide sequences wherein at least one of said sequences comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1: a set of polypeptide sequences wherein at least one of said sequences comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2; a data set representing a polynucleotide sequence comprising the sequence of SEQ 1D NO: 1; a data set representing a poljrnucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide sequence comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2; a polynucleotide comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1; a polypeptide comprising the sequence of SEQ ID
NO: 2; a set of polynucleotide sequences wherein at least one of said sequences comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1; a set of polypeptide sequences wherein at least one of said sequences comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO:
2; a data set representing a polynucleotide sequence comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1; a data set representing a polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide sequence comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2.
All publications and references, including but not limited to patents and patent applications, cited in this specification are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety as if each individual publication or reference were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference herein as being fully set forth. Any patent application to which this application claims priority is also incorporated by reference herein in its entirety in the manner described above for publications and references.
The present invention is illustrated in further detail by the following non-limiting examples.
Cloning of inhibitory ORFs from bacteriophage genomes We have used the methodology of a previous invention (PCT
International Application W01999/IB99/02040, filed December 3, 1999) to identify inhibitory ORFs from bacteriophage 44AHJD and Twort. The Staphylococcus aureus propagating strain (PS 44A) (Felix d'Herelle Reference Centre #HER
1101, Ottawa, Canada) was used as a host to propagate its respective phage 44AHJD (Felix d'Herelle Reference Centre #HER101). The Staphylococcus propagating strain (PS Twort) obtained from the Felix d'Herelle Reference Centre maintained by Dr H.-W. Ackermann (Quebec, Canada) (#HER 1048) was used as a host to propagate the phage Twort, also obtained from the Felix d'Herelle Reference Centre (#HER 48).
The Staphylococcus aureus propagating strain PS15 (ATCC
27712), obtained from American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA, USA) was used as a host to propagate phage G1. Phage G1 was isolated from a cocktail of S. aureus phages (Bacteriophagum staphylococcum liquidum, lot number 361098) manufactured by BioPharm, Tblisi, Republic of Georgia, by infection of PS15. The cocktail of Staphylococcus aureus phages was purchased from a drugstore in Tblisi.
The inhibitory ORF corresponding to SEQ ID NO: 4, 6 and 10 were amplified by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) from genomic DNA derived from phage 44AHJD, Twort and G1 respectively. As examplified in Fig. 3A for 44AHJD ORF 25 and Twort ORF 168, the PCR products were cloned into pT and pTM, two modified, versions of the pT0021, a sodium arsenite inducible expression vector [Tauriainen et ai., 1997, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63:4456-4461]. As shown in Fig. 3B, the density of the culture, as assessed by colony forming units (CFU), for S. aureus clones harboring inhibitory ORFs increased over time under non-induced conditions. Similar growth rates were also observed with transformants harboring a non-inhibitory ORF (labeled as 'non killer' on the graphs) under both induced and non-induced conditions. Each graph represents the average obtained from three independent transformants of S. aureus. The expression of 44AHJD ORF 25 and Twort ORF168 inhibit the bacterial growth as observed by the reduction in CFU with time for induced cultures (5.0 uM sodium arsenite). The expression of G1 ORF 240 similarly inhibited the growth of S.
aureus (results not shown).
Identification of a S. aureus protein targeted by bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25 A. Generation of GST/ORF 25 recombinant protein Bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25 was sub-cloned into pGEX
4T-1 (Pharmacia), an expression vector containing the GST moiety. ORF 25 was obtained by digestion of pT/ 44AHJD ORF 25 with BamHl and Sall. The DNA
fragment containing ORF 25 was gel purified by QiaQuickTM spin columns (Qiagen) and ligated into pGEX 4T-1 (which had been previously digested with BamHl and Sall) to generate pGEX 4T GST/ORF 25. Recombinant expression vectors were identified by restriction enzyme analysis of plasmid minipreps.
Large-scale DNA preparations were performed and the resulting insert was sequenced. Test expressions in E. coil BL21 (DE3) Gold cells containing the expression plasmids were performed to identify optimal protein expression conditions. E. coil cells containing the expression constructs were grown in Luria-Bertani Broth at 25°C to an OD6oo of 0.4 to 0.6 and induced with 1 mM
IPTG for _87_ the optimal times and at the optimal temperatures (typically a 2 liter culture of BL21 (DE3) Gold (pGEX 4T/ORF25) grown at 25°C for 3hrs).
B. Fusion protein purification.
Cells containing GST/ORF 25 fusion protein were suspended in 15 ml lysis buffer/liter of cell culture with GST lysis buffer (20 mM Hepes pH 7.2, 500 mM NaCI, 10 % glycerol, 1 mM DTT, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM benzamidine, and 1 PMSF) and lysed using a French pressure cell followed by three bursts of twenty seconds with an ultra-sonicator at 4°C. Triton X-100 was added to the lysate to a final concentration of 0.1 % and mixed for 30 minutes at 4°C. The lysate was centrifuged at 4°C for 30 minutes at 10,000 rpm in a Sorval SS34 rotor.
The supernatant was applied to a 4m1 glutathione sepharose column pre-equilibrated with lysis buffer and allowed to flow by gravity. The column was washed with column volumes of lysis buffer and eluted in 1.5 ml fractions with GST elution buffer (20 mM Hepes pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCI, 10 % glycerol, 1 mM DTT, 0.1 mM
EDTA, and 25 mM reduced glutathione). The fractions were analyzed by SDS-12.5% PAGE (Laemmli) and proteins were visualized by staining with Coomassie Brilliant Blue 8250 stain to assess the amount of eluted GST/ORF 25 protein.
C. AffinifV column preparation.
GST and GST/ORF25 were dialyzed overnight against affinity chromatography buffer (ACB; 20 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 10 % glycerol, 1 mM DTT, and 1 mM EDTA) containing 1 M NaCI. Protein concentrations were determined by Bio-Rad Protein Assay and crosslinked to Affigel 10 resin (Bio-Rad) at protein/resin concentrations of 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml. The crosslinked resin was sequentially incubated in the presence of ethanolamine, and bovine serum albumin (BSA) prior to column packing and equilibration with ACB
containing 100 mM NaCI.
D. S. aureus extract preparation.
Two extracts were prepared from S. aureus cell pellets. One lysate was prepared by French pressure cell lysis followed by sonication, and the _$$_ other by lysostaphin-mediated digestion followed by sonication. The French pressure cell lysate was prepared by suspending 3 g of frozen S. aureus cells in ABC containing 500 mM NaCI, 1 mM PMSF, and 1 mM benzamidine. The suspended cells were subjected to three passes through the French pressure cell followed by 3 sonication bursts of 20 seconds each, made up to 0.1 % Triton X-100, stirred for 30 minutes, and centrifuged at 50,000 rpm for 3 hrs in a Ti70 fixed angle Beckman rotor. The efficiency of cell lysis was low and the resulting lysate (7 ml) contained 2.4 mg/ml protein. The pellet after French pressure cell lysis was subjected to cryogenic grinding in liquid nitrogen in the same buffer with a mortar and pestle. The lysate was made up to 0.1 % Triton X-100, stirred for 30 minutes, and centrifuged at 50,000 rpm for 3 hrs in a Ti70 fixed angle Beckman rotor yielding a lysate (10 ml) containing 2.0 mg/ml protein. The cell lysates were pooled, concentrated to 8 ml, and dialyzed overnight in a 3000 Mr cut-off dialysis membrane against ACB containing 1 mM PMSF, 1 mM benzamidine, and 75 mM
NaCI. The dialyzed protein extract was removed from the dialysis tubing, centrifuged at 10 000 rpm in a Sorval SS34 rotor for 1 hr, and assayed for protein content (Bio-Rad Protein Assay) and salt concentration (conductivity meter).
E. Affinity chromatography.
Affinity chromatography was performed using GST and GST
ORF25 as ligands coupled to Affigel 10 at protein/resin concentrations of 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml. The S. aureus extract was centrifuged at 4°C
in a micro-centrifuge for 15 minutes and 200 u1 was applied to 20 u1 columns containing 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml ligand. ACB containing 100 mM NaCI (200 u1) was applied to a control column containing 2.0 mg/ml ligand. The columns were washed with 10 column volumes ACB containing 100 mM NaCI and sequentially eluted with ACB containing 1 % Triton X-100 and 100 mM NaCI (800 u1), ACB
containing 1 M NaCI (800 u1), and 1 % SDS (160 u1). 40 u1 of each eluate was resolved by SDS-12.5% PAGE (Laemmli) and the protein was visualized by silver stain.
_89_ F. Identification of S. aureus DnaN as an 44AHJD ORF 25 interacting protein Two S. aureus extracts were used for affinity chromatography with each of the ligands. Two extracts used for affinity chromatography, prepared separately, contained 4.0 and 9.0 mg/ml protein. One candidate interacting protein of 48 kDa (PT48) was observed in the 1 % SDS eluates in the initial chromatography experiment (Fig. 4). The candidate protein, PT48 was excised from the SDS-PAGE gels and prepared for tryptic peptide mass determination by MALDI-ToF mass spectrometry [Qin, J., Fenyo, D., Zhao, Y., Hall, W.W., Chao, D.M., Wilson, C.J., Young, R.A. and Chait, B.T. (1997) Anal. Chem. 69, 3995-4001]. High quality mass spectra were obtained (Fig. 5). The PT48 proteins observed in two affinity chromatography experiments were identical as determined by the masses of the tryptic peptides. Computational analysis (http://prowl.rockfeller.edu/cgi-bin/ProFound) of the mass spectrum obtained identities the corresponding ORF in the S, aureus nucleotide sequence in the University of Oklahoma S. aureus genomic database (http://www.genome.ou.edulstaph.html). The identity of that protein which binds specifically to GST ORF25 is the DNA-directed DNA polymerise III beta subunit (Genbank accession #1084187) (Fig. 6).
The identification of S. aureus STAAU_R2 as an interacting partner of bacteriophage 44ADJH ORF 25 was also validated by surface plasmon resonance (Biacore 2000 Biosensor) using purified recombinant polypeptides.
Glutathione-S-transferase (GST)-tagged STAAU_R2 was captured as ligand by an anti-GST antibody which had been covalently coupled to the surface of a CM5 sensor chip; a blank surface with anti-GST antibody and without captured ligand was used as a negative control. Injection of purified 44ADJH ORF 25 protein over the two surfaces indicated specific capture of 44ADJH ORF 25 by immobilized STAAU R2.
Identification of a S. aureus protein targeted by bacteriophage Twort ORF168 A. Generation of GST/ Twort ORF168 recombinant protein Bacteriophage Twort ORF 168 was sub-cloned into pGEX 4T-1. Plasmid (pTM) containing Twort ORF 168 was purified on a Qiagen column and digested with Hindlll, treated with Klenow fragment of E. coli DNA polymerase, and digested with BamHl. The DNA restriction products containing the ORF was gel purified by QiAquick spin column (Qiagen) and ligated into pGEX 4T-1 expression vector (prepared by digestion with Sall, treatment with Klenow fragment of E.
coli DNA polymerase, and digestion with BamH1, followed by gel purification by QiAquick spin columns). Recombinant expression vectors were identified by restriction enzyme analysis of plasmid minipreps, and large-scale DNA
preparations were performed with Qiagen DNA purification columns. Test expressions in E. coli cells containing the expression plasmids were performed to identify optimal protein expression conditions (expressed in BL21 (DE3) Gold cells). E, coli cells containing the expression constructs were grown in Luria-Bertani Broth at 37°C to an OD6oo of 0.4 to 0.6 and induced with 1 mM
IPTG for the optimal times and at the optimal temperatures (2 liters of GST ORF168 at 15°C for 16hrs).
B. Fusion protein purification.
Cells containing GST ORF 168 fusion protein were suspended in 10 ml lysis buffer/liter of cell culture with GST lysis buffer and lysed by three bursts of twenty seconds with an ultra-sonicator at 4°C. The lysate was centrifuged at 4°C for 30 minutes at 10 000 rpm in a Beckman JA25.50 rotor. The supernatant was applied to a 4 ml glutathione sepharose column pre-equilibrated with lysis buffer and allowed to flow by gravity. The column was washed with column volumes of lysis buffer and eluted in 4 ml fractions with GST elution buffer. The fractions were analyzed by 15% SDS-PAGE (Laemmli) and visualized by staining with Coomassie Brilliant Blue 8250 stain.
C. Affinity column preparation.
GST, and GST ORF168 were dialyzed overnight against ACB
at pH 7.9 containing 1 M NaCI. Protein concentrations were determined by Bio-Rad Protein Assay and crosslinked to Affigel 10 resin (Bio-Rad) at protein/resin concentrations of 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml. The resin containing crosslinked protein was washed with ACB containing 1 M NaCI and equilibrated with ACB
containing 100 mM NaCI.
D. S. aureus extract preparation.
Staphylococcus aureus extract was prepared from a cell pellet using a bead beater lysis method and nuclease treatment. A Staphylococcus aureus cell pellet (2.9g) was suspended in 8 ml of 20 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 500 mM
NaCI, 10% glycerol, 10 mM MgS04, 10 mM CaCh, 1 mM DTT, 1 mM PMSF, 1 mM benzamidine, 0.5 mg RNAse A, and 750 units micrococcal nuclease. The cell suspension was added to 15 ml of zirconia/silica glass beads (0.1 mm diameter) at 4°C, and subjected to bead beater pulses (30 seconds on, seconds off, using a super-cooled ice bath at -18°C). The beads were separated from the lysate with a Biorad Econo column (2.5 x 40 cm) and the beads washed with one column volume of lysis buffer. The flow through and the wash were pooled and centrifuged at 20 000 rpm for 1 hrs in a Beckman JA25.50 rotor. The supernatant was removed and dialyzed overnight in a 10 000 Mr dialysis membrane against ACB (20 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 10 % glycerol, 1 mM DTT, and 1 mM EDTA) containing 100 mM NaCI, 1 mM benzamidine, 10 mM MgS04, 10 mM CaCl2, and 1 mM PMSF. The dialyzed protein extract was removed from the dialysis tubing and frozen in one ml aliquots at -70 °C.
E. Affinity chromatoaraphy Affinity chromatography was performed using GST and GST
ORF168 as ligands coupled to Affigel 10 at protein/resin concentrations of 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml. Staphylococcus aureus extracts were centrifuged at 4°C
in a micro-centrifuge for 15 minutes and diluted to 5 mg/ml with ACB
containing ..
100 mM NaCI. 200 ~.I of extract was applied to 40 p.1 columns containing 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml ligand and ACB containing 100 mM NaCI (200 ~,I) was applied to an additional column containing 2.0 mg/ml ligand. The columns were washed twice with ACB containing 100 mM NaCI (2x100 ~I), ACB containing 0.1 Triton X-100 and 100 mM NaCI (200 p1), and sequentially eluted with ACB
containing 1 M NaCI (160 p,1), and 1% SDS (160 ~,I). 65 ~,I of~each eluate was resolved by 16 cm 14 % SDS-PAGE (Laemmli) and the protein was visualized by silver stain.
F. Identification of S. aureus DnaN as a Twort ORF 168 interacting protein One candidate interacting protein of 50 kDa (PT50) was observed to interact with ORF 168. PT50 was observed in both the 1 M NaCI
eluates, and the 1 % SDS eluates of the GST ORF168 chromafiography experiment (Fig. 7A). Approximately 10% of the PT50 was observed in the 1 M
NaCI eluates while 90% was observed in the 1 % SDS eluates. PT50 was not observed in the GST control affinity chromatography experiment (Fig. 7B).
High quality mass spectra were obtained (Fig. 8). The PT50 proteins observed in affinity chromatography experiments were identical as determined by the masses of the tryptic peptides. The identify of that protein which binds specifically to GST ORF 168 is the DNA-directed DNA polymerase III beta subunit (Genbank accession #1084187) (Fig. 9).
Confirmation of the interaction between STAAU R2 and Twort ORF168 by yeast two-hybrid analysis To validate the identification of S. aureus STAAU R2 as an interacting partner of bacteriophage Twort ORF 168 and to identify a specific domain of Twort ORF 168 which participates in the interaction with S. aureus STAAU R2, recombinant Twort ORF 168 protein was subjected to deletion analysis using the yeast two-hybrid system.
~ ~,~ r Jwr A. Generation of Twort ORF 168 and STAAU R2 recombinant polypeptides for yeast two-hybrid analysis.
Bacteriophage Twort ORF 168 was fused either to the carboxyl terminus of the yeast Gal4 DNA binding domain (encoded in the pGBKT7 vector from Clontech Laboratories) or to the yeast Gal4 activation domain (encoded in the pGADT7 vector from Clontech Laboratories). As illustrated in Fig. 10B, the sense strand primer (SEQ ID NO: 11; 5-ccgaaattc_ATGTTATTTTTTAAAGAAAAG-3') is preceded by a EcoRl restriction site; the antisense oligonucleotide (SEQ ID NO: 12; 5'-cgcagatccTCATCGAACTATATCCTTAAT-3') targets the stop codon and is preceded by a BamHl restriction site. The PCR product was purified using the Qiagen PCR purification kit and digested with EcoRl and BamHl. The digested PCR product was ligated to EcoRl- and BamHl-digested pGBKT7 vector, yielding pGBKSTAAU_R2. A similar strategy was used for the cloning of STAAU R2 into the pGADT7 vector yielding pGADSTAAU R2.
Fragment of Twort ORF 168 extending from amino acid residues 5 to 40 was amplified by PCR and cloned using the same strategy. The sense strand primer (SEQ !D NO: 13; 5-ccggaattcAAAGAAAAGTTTTATAATGAAT-3') targets the initiation codon and is preceded by a EcoRl restriction site; the antisense oligonucleotide (SEQ ID
NO:
14; 5'-cgcggatccTCAATCTTCTTCTTCTAATTTCTC-3') targets the stop codon and is preceded by a BamHl restriction site.
The polynucleotide sequence of STAAU R2 was obtained from S, aureus genomic DNA by PCR utilizing oligonucleotide primers that targeted the predicted translation initiation and termination codons of the STAAU_R2 gene (SEQ ID NO: 1).
As illustrated in Fig. 10A, the sense strand primer (SEQ ID
NO: 15; 5-GGGAATTCCATATGATGATGGAATTCACTATTAAA-3') targets the initiation codon and is preceded by a Ndel restriction site; the antisense ~' ° - ~- ° de a o », oligonucleotide (SEQ ID NO: 16; 5'-CGCGGATCC TTAGTAAGTTCTGATTGG-3') targets the stop codon and is preceded by a BamHl restriction site. The PCR
product was purified using the Qiagen PCR purification kit and digested with Ndel and BamHl. The digested PCR product was ligated to Ndel- and BamHl-digested pGADT7 vector (Clontech Laboratories), yielding pGADSTAAU_R2. A similar strategy was used for the cloning of STAAU_R2 into the pGBKT7 vector (Clontech Laboratories), yielding pGBKSTAAU_R2.
8. Yeast two-hybrid analysis As shown in Fig. 11A and B, the pGAD and pGBK plasmids bearing different combinations of constructs (as indicated above each pair of petri plates) were introduced into a yeast strain (AH109, Clontech Laboratories), previously engineered to contain chromosomally-integrated copies of E. coli lack and the selectable HIS3 and ADE2 genes. Co-transformants were plated in parallel on yeast synthetic medium (SD) supplemented with amino acid drop-out lacking tryptophan and leucine (TL minus) and on SD supplemented with amino acid drop-out lacking tryptophan, histidine, adenine and leucine (THAL minus).
Co-transformants harbouring the Twort ORF 168 polypeptide only grew on selective SD THAL minus medium in the presence of STAAU_R2. Induction of the reporter HIS3 and ADE2 genes is dependent upon the interaction of STAAU_R2 with Twort ORF 168 since cotransformants with appropriate control plasmids (pGBKT7LaminC or pGADT7-T) are not viable on SD THAL minus medium.
The interaction of STAAU R2 and Twort ORF 168 was also clearly demonstrated by the observed increase, over the background level, of the [3-galactosidase activity in both Twort ORF 168-STAAU_R2 co-transformants (Fig 11 C samples 1 and 4 respectively). These results are consistent with the interpretation that the S, aureus STAAU_R2 identified herein is the host target of bacteriophage Twort ORF 168.
The interaction of STAAU R2 and a Twort ORF 168-related fragment was also demonstrated (results not shown). A portion of,36 amino acid o~ - i ~ v y . r -.
sequence of Twort ORF 168 extending from amino acids residues 5 to 40 (herein referred to as SEQ ID NO: 8) was found to interact with STAAU R2 since the introduction of appropriate plasmids into host yeast cells resulted in their growth on THAL minus SD medium.
identification of STAAIJ_R2 as targeted by bacteriophage G1 ORF 240 A. Generation of GST/ G1 ORF 240 recombinant protein As shown in Fig.12, the optimal global aligment of G1 ORF
240 and Twort ORF 168 reveals an identity of 29% between the two polypeptides. The optimal local aligment of G1 ORF 240 shows a 47% identity to the polypeptide corresponding to SEQ ID NO: 8.
G1 ORF 240 was cloned into pGEX 4T-1 and the polypeptide was purified as described above. Affinity chromatography was performed using GST and GST ORF240 as ligands coupled to Affigel 10 at protein/resin concentrations of 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml. Staphylococcus aureus extracts was applied to columns and ACB.containing 100 mM NaCI was applied to an additional column containing 2.0 mg/ml ligand. The columns were washed and sequentially eluted with ACB containing 1 M NaCI, and 1 % SDS. A fraction of each eluate was resolved by 14 % SDS-PAGE and the protein was visualized by silver stain.
One candidate interacting protein was observed to specifically interact with ORF 240 and was shown to correspond to STAAU_R2 (results not shown).
_ _ _ ~c~ m- t,-. _ ._ CONCLUSION
By virtue of the interaction between the inhibitory bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 and the STAAU_R2, the STAAU_R2 gene and its gene product have thus been identified as novel bacterial targets for the screening and identification of anti-bacterial agents and more particularly for anti S. aureus agents. The present invention also provides novel diagnosis, prognosis and therapeutic methods based on STAAU_R2, and/or bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25 and/or Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 and/or a compound identified in accordance with the present invention.
Although the present invention has been described hereinabove by way of preferred embodiments thereof, it can be modified without departing from the spirit and nature of the subject invention as defined in the appended claims.
COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS INVOLVING AN ESSENTIAL .
STAPHYLOCOCCUS AUREUS GENE AND ITS ENCODED PROTEIN
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The invention relates to bacterial genes and proteins that are implicated in the process of DNA replication and also to bacteriophage genes and their protein products that interact with bacterial proteins of DNA
replication. More particularly, the invention relates to compositions and methods involving an essential Staphylococcus aureus gene and its encoded protein STAAU_R2. In addition, the invention relates to screening assays to identify compounds which modulate the level and/or activity of STAAU_R2 and to such compounds.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The Staphylococci make up a medically important genera of microbes known to cause several types of diseases in humans. S. aureus is a Gram positive organism which can be found on the skin of healthy human hosts and it is responsible for a large number of bacteremias.
S. aureus has been successfully treated with the penicillin derivative Methicillin in the past, but is now becoming increasingly resistant (MRSA - Methicillin Resistant S. aureus) to this antibiotic [Harbath et al., (1998) Arch. Intern. Med. 158: 182-189]. For example, S. aureus endocarditis mortality can range from 26-45%, and combined f3-lactam/aminoglycoside therapy is proving increasingly ineffective in disease eradication [Rr~der et al., (1999) Arch.
Intern. Med. 159: 462-469].
It is no longer uncommon to isolate S. aureus strains which are resistant to most of the standard antibiotics, and thus there is an unmet medical need and demand for new anti-microbial agents, vaccines, drug screening methods, and diagnostic tests for this organism. Antibiotics can be grouped into broad classes of activities against surprisingly few targets within the cell.
Generally, the target molecule is a cellular protein that provides' an essential function. The inhibition of activity of the essential protein leads either to death of the bacterial cell or to its inability to proliferate. Critical cellular functions against which antibiotics are currently in use include cell wall synthesis, folate and fatty acid metabolism, protein synthesis, and nucleic acid synthesis.
A proven approach in the discovery of a new drug, referred to as target-based drug discovery to distinguish it from cell-based drug discovery, is to obtain a target protein and to develop in vitro assays to interfere with the biological function of the protein. Nucleic acid metabolism is essential for all cells.
The DNA synthesis machinery includes a number of proteins that act in concert to achieve rapid and highly processive replication of the chromosome in bacteria [reviewed in Kornberg, A., and Baker, T.A. 1992, DNA Replication, Second edition, New York: W.H. Freeman and Company, pp. 165-194]. As described below for DNA polymerase III, biological machines are often comprised of multiprotein complexes. Coordinated interactions among proteins of the bacterial primosome and replisome are essential to their efficiency. Thus, any members of essential multiprotein complexes are hypothetical targets for drug development.
However, the fact that a protein can be associated with a certain biological function does not necessarily imply that it represents a suitable target for the development of new drugs [brews J. 2000, Science 287:1960-1964]. For instance, although DNA replication is a well-known and essential process for bacterial growth, only a relatively small number of DNA replication proteins are targeted by currently-available antibiotics. Importantly, screening of compounds for those that inhibit the function of a target must be preferably rapid and selective.
There thus remains a need to identify new bacterial targets and new target domains, and more particularly S. aureus bacterial targets which could be used to screen for and identify antibacterial and more particularly anti-S.
aureus agents. There also remains a need to identify new antimicrobial agents, vaccines, drug screening methods and diagnosis and therapeutic methods.
The present invention seeks to meet these and other needs.
The present description refers to a number of documents, the content of which is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to new antimicrobial agents, vaccines, drug screening methods and diagnosis and therapeutic methods.
More particularly, the invention relates to proteins which interact with STAAU R2 and in particular to bacterial growth-inhibitory (or inhibitor) bacteriophage gene products that interacts with the S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide.
The invention also relates to a pair of interaction proteins and parts or fragments thereof. More specifically, the invention relates to the interacting domains of the S. aureus STAAU_R2 related protein and to proteins which interact with same and block or inhibit a STAAU_R2 biological activity.
In a particular embodiment, the invention relates to a pair of interacting domains comprised of that of STAAU_R2 and a polypeptide encoded by a bacteriophage ORF which specifically interacts with STAAU R2, such asthe S. aureus bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, or G1 ORF 240. In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, the interaction of these domains and a modulation thereof forms the basis for screening assays to identify modulators of STAAU_R2 biological function and more particularly of antimicrobials.
The present invention also relates to polynucleotides and polypeptides of a multiprotein complex believed to be involved in DNA
replication containing STAAU R2 as a subunit, as well as variants and portions thereof.
In another aspect, the invention relates to methods for using such polypeptides and polynucleotides, including treatment and diagnosis of microbial diseases, amongst others.
In a further aspect, the invention relates to methods for identifying agonists and antagonists using the materials provided by the invention.
In a related aspect, the invention relates to methods for treating microbial infections and conditions associated with such infections with the identified agonist or antagonist.
In a still further aspect, the invention relates to diagnostic assays for detecting diseases associated with microbial infections and conditions associated with such infections. In one embodiment, the diagnostic assay detects STAAU R2 expression and/or activity.
In one particular embodiment of the invention, there is provided a method of identifying a compound that is active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, biologically active fragment, or variant thereof, wherein SEQ ID N0:2, biologically active fragment, or variant thereof is capable of binding specifically with a polypeptide comprising the sequence selected from SEQ ID NOs:4, 6, 8 and 70, a biologically active fragment thereof, and variant thereof, wherein the fragment or variant retain their binding capability of specifically interacting with SEQ ID N0:2 or fragment or variant thereof.
In one preferred embodiment of the invention, the identification of a compound active on a STAAU R2 polypeptide is provided by a method comprising: contacting a first and a second polypeptide in the presence or absence of a candidate compound, wherein the first polypeptide comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment or variant thereof which specifically bind to a second polypeptide derived from a bacteriophage ORF
which is capable of binding specifically with SEQ ID N0:2, fragment, or variant thereof.
In one particular embodiment, the second polypeptide is selected from the group d _5_ consisting of a phage ORF (e.g. SEQ ID NO: 4 and 6), a fragment thereof (e.g.
SEQ ID NO: 8) or variant thereof (e.g. SEQ ID NO 10), wherein this second polypeptide maintains its biological activity; and detecting a biological activity of the first and/or second polypeptide, wherein a decrease in the biological activity in the presence thereof relative to the biological activity in the absence of the candidate compound identifies the candidate compound as a compound that is active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID N0:2, fragment or variant thereof.
In one particular embodiment, the biological activity is the binding of the first and second polypeptides to each other, the method comprising:
contacting an assay mixture comprising a) a first polypeptide which comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID N0:2 or a biologically active fragment thereof, or variant thereof, and b) a second polypeptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID N0:4, 6, 8, 10, a fragment thereof, and a variant thereof; with a test compound; measuring the binding of the first and the second polypeptides in the presence of the candidate compound relative to the binding in the absence thereof and; determining the ability of the candidate compound to interact with a STAAU_R2 polypeptide or variant thereof, wherein a decrease in the binding of the first and the second polypeptides in the presence of the candidate compound that interacts with STAAU_R2, relative to the binding in the absence of the candidate compound, identifies the candidate compound as a compound that is active on a STAAU R2 polypeptide.
In another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a process for producing a pharmaceutical composition comprising: a) carrying out a screening assay of the present invention aimed at identifying a compound that is active on a STAAU R2 polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID N0:2, biologically active fragment, or variant thereof, wherein the STAAU R2 polypeptide is capable of binding specifically with a second polypeptide derived from a bacteriophage ORF, and wherein the screening assay enables the identification of a candidate compound as a compound that is active on a STAAU R2 polypeptide; and b) mixing the compound identified in a) to a suitable pharmaceutical carrier. In a further embodiment of this process of producing a pharmaceutical composition, the process further includes a scaling-up of the preparation for isolating of the identified compound active on the STAAU_R2 polypeptide. In yet another embodiment of this process of producing a pharmaceutical composition, the pharmaceutical composition prepared comprises a derivative or homolog of the compound identified in a).
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided one of a use of a) a STAAU_R2 polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID N0:2, a biologically active fragment thereof or variant .
thereof, wherein SEQ ID N0:2, biologically active fragment thereof or variant thereof (e.g. the STAAU_R2 polypeptide) is capable of binding specifically to a polypeptide derived from a bacteriophage ORF, b) a composition comprising a pair of specifically interacting domains comprised of a polypeptide of STAAU_R2, biologically active fragment thereof or variant thereof and a polypeptide encoded by a bacteriophage ORF which specifically interacts with STAAU_R2; or c) an assay mixture comprising a first polypeptide which comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID N0:2, biologically active fragment thereof or variant thereof and a second polypeptide encoded by a bacteriophage ORF which specifically, interact with each other; for the identification of a compound that is active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID N0:2, biologically active fragment thereof or variant thereof. In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, the bacteriophage polypeptide sequence is selected from the group consisting of SEQ NOs: 4, 6, 8, 10, a fragment thereof and a variant thereof, wherein the fragment thereof or variant thereof retain their specific binding capability to STAAU_R2 polypeptide.
_7_ In one embodiment, the step of detecting comprises the step of measuring the binding of the first and second proteins, wherein the first or the second protein is directly or indirectly detectably labeled.
In different embodiments, the step of detecting comprises, but is no limited to, measurement by the method selected from the group consisting of fluorescence resonance energy transfer, fluorescence polarization changes, measurement by surface plasmon resonance, a scintillation proximity assay, a biosensor assay, and phage display.
In one embodiment, a library of compounds is used. Non-limiting examples of candidate compounds include a small molecule, a peptidomimetic compound, a peptide, and a fragment or derivative of a bacteriophage inhibitor protein.
In one embodiment, the candidate compound is a peptide synthesized by expression systems and purified, or artificially synthesized.
The invention also encompasses a method of identifying an antimicrobial agent comprising determining whether a test compound is active on a S. aureus polypeptide, namely STAAU R2 as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 2, or parts thereof.
In a further embodiment, identifying a compound active on a STAAIJ_R2 polypeptide is provided by a method which comprises: contacting a candidate compound with a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2; a fragment thereof or a variant thereof, the fragment or variant retaining its biological activity (e.g. it specifically binds one of the sequences selected from SEQ ID NOs: 4, 6, 8, 10, fragment thereof, or variant thereof (SEQ
ID NO: 10)), and detecting binding of the candidate compound thereto, wherein detection of binding is indicative that the compound is active on the polypeptide.
In different embodiments, the step of detecting includes measuring the binding of a candidate compound to the polypeptide, wherein the compound is directly or indirectly detectably labeled, by a method comprising, but _$_ not limited to, fluorescence resonance energy transfer, fluorescence polarization changes, measurement by surface plasmon resonance, scintillation proximity assay, biosensor assay, and phage display.
In one embodiment, a library of compounds is used. Non limiting examples of candidate compound include a small molecule, a peptidomimetic compound, a peptide, and a fragment or derivative of a bacteriophage inhibitor protein.
In one embodiment, the candidate compound is a peptide synthesized by expression systems and purified, or artificially synthesized.
The invention further encompasses a method of identifying a . compound that is active on a STAAU_R2 polypeptide, comprising the steps of contacting a candidate compound (or library thereof) with cells expressing a polypeptide comprising SEQ ID NO: 2; and detecting STAAU_R2 activity in the cells, wherein a decrease in activity relative to STAAU_R2 activity in cells not contacted with a candidate compound is indicative of inhibition of STAAU R2 activity. The invention also encompasses such a method but using a fragment or variant of SEQ ID N0:2.
Of course, the invention further encompasses methods of identifying a compound that modulates the activity of a STAAU R2 polypeptide, wherein a compound increasing the activity relative to STAAU R2 activity in cells not contacted with the candidate compound, is selected as a compound which is a stimulator of STAAU R2 activity.
In a preferred embodiment, the step of detecting comprises a method of measuring the ability of a candidate, test compounds, or agents to stimulate or preferably to inhibit a STAAU_R2 molecule's ability to modulate DNA
synthesis (such assays are described in more detail hereinbelow).
The invention further encompasses a method of identifying a compound that is active on a STAAU R2 polypeptide, comprising the steps of _g_ contacting a candidate compound (or library thereof) in a cell-free assay, with a STAAU_R2 protein or biologically active portion thereof, either naturally occurring or recombinant in origin; and detecting STAAU_R2 activity, wherein a decrease in activity relative to STAAU_R2 activity in cell-free assay not contacted with a candidate compound is indicative of inhibition of STAAU R2 activity.
In a preferred embodiment, the step of detecting comprises a method of measuring the ability of a candidate compound, test compounds, or agents to stimulate,, or preferably to inhibit a STAAU_R2 molecule's ability to modulate DNA synthesis (such assays are described in more detail hereinbelow).
The invention further encompasses an agonist or an antagonist of the activity of a STAAU_R2 polypeptide or a nucleic acid or gene encoding the polypeptide.
The assays described herein may be used as initial or primary screens to detect promising lead compounds for further development. The same assays may also be used in a secondary screening assay to measure the activity of candidate compounds on a STAAU_R2 polypeptide. Often, lead compounds will be further assessed in additional, different screens. This invention also includes secondary STAAU R2 screens which may involve biological assays utilizing S. aureus strains or other suitable bacteria. , Tertiary screens may involve the study of the effect of the agent in an animal. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to further use an agent identified as described herein in an appropriate animal model. For example, an test compound identified as described herein (e.g., a STAAU R2 inhibiting agent, an antisense STAAU R2 nucleic acid molecule, a STAAU_R2-specific antibody, or a STAAU R2-binding partner) can be used in an animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, or side effects of treatment with such an agent.
Alternatively, an agent identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the mechanism of action of such an agent. Furthermore, this invention pertains to uses of novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays for treatment (e.g. bacterial infections), as described herein.
The invention further encompasses a method of making an antibacterial compound, comprising the steps of: a) determining whether a candidate compound is active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment or variant thereof, or a gene encoding the polypeptide; and b) synthesizing or purifying the candidate compound in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic effect when administered to an organism infected by a bacterium naturally producing a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment or variant thereof.
The invention further encompasses a method for inhibiting a bacterium, comprising contacting the bacterium with a compound active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment or variant thereof, or a nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide.
In one embodiment, the step of contacting is performed in vitro.
In another embodiment, the step of contactirig is performed in vivo in an animal.
In another embodiment, bacterium is contacted with the active compound in combination with existing antimicrobial agents. Thus, the invention also relates to antimicrobial compositions comprising a compound of the present invention in combination with an existing antimicrobial agent. Of course, more than one active compound of the present invention could be combined with or without existing antimicrobial agent(s).
The invention further encompasses a method for treating or preventing a bacterial infection in an animal suffering from an infection or susceptible of suffering from same, comprising administering thereto a therapeutically effective amount of a compound active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, variant or fragment thereof, or nucleic acid sequence encoding same. The animal is preferably, but not necessarily a mammal, and more preferably a human. In one embodiment, the active compound is administred to the animal in combination with existing antimicrobial agents. Thus, the invention also relates to antimicrobial compositions comprising a compound of the present invention in combination with an existing antimicrobial agent.
The invention further encompasses a method of prophylactic treatment to prevent bacterial infection comprising contacting an indwelling device with a compound active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, variant or fragment thereof before its implantation into a mammal, such contacting being sufficient to prevent S. aureus infection at the site of implantation.
The invention further encompasses a method of prophylactic treatment to prevent infection of an animal by a bacterium comprising administering to the animal a prophylactically effective amount of a compound that is active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, variant or fragment thereof or a gene encoding the polypeptide in an amount sufficient to prevent infection of the animal. In a particular embodiment, the prophylactically effective amount reduces adhesion of the bacterium to a tissue surface of the mammal.
The invention further encompasses a method of diagnosing in an animal an infection with S. aureus, comprising: determining the presence in the animal of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, part thereof, variant thereof, fragment thereof, epitope thereof or nucleic acid encoding same. Preferably the polypeptide is capable of specifically interacting with at least one of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168 or G1 ORF 240. Preferably, the animal is a human.
In one embodiment, the determining step comprises contacting a biological sample of the animal or individual with an antibody specific for an epitope present on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, variant or fragment thereof.
The invention further encompasses a method of diagnosing in an animal or individual an infection with Staphylococcus aureus, comprising determining the presence in the animal or individual of a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, variant or fragment thereof, wherein the polypeptide is capable of specifically interaction with at least one of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168 or G1 ORF 240.
In one embodiment, the determining step comprises contacting a nucleic acid sample of the animal or individual with an isolated, , purified or enriched nucleic acid probe of at least 15 nucleotides in length that hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions with the sequence of SEQ
ID
NO: 1, or the complement thereof.
The invention further encompasses a composition comprising two polypeptides, a bacteriophage-encoded polypeptide and a S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide corresponding to SEQ ID NO: 2. In another embodiment, the invention encompasses a composition comprising two interacting polypeptides derived from a bacteriophage encoded polypeptide and a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide. As such, the invention encompasses a composition comprising two nucleic acid sequences encoding these interacting polypeptides.
Further features and advantages of the invention will become more fully apparent in the following description of the embodiments and drawings thereof, and from the claims.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Having thus generally described the invention, reference will now be made to the accompanying drawings, showing by way of illustration a preferred embodiment thereof, and in which:
J
Fig. 1 shows the nucleotide (SEQ ID NO: 1) and amino acid (SEQ ID NO: 2) sequences of S. aureus STAAU R2.
Fig. 2 shows the nucleotide and the amino acid sequences of S. aureus bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, a 36 amino acids fragment derived from Twort ORF 168 and G1 ORF 240.
Fig. 3 shows the bacterial inhibitory potential of bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25 or Twort ORF168 and the expression vector used to induce their expression in S. aureus. A) Schematic diagram of arsenite-inducible expression vector (e.g. for pT/ORF and pTM/ORF) used to induce expression of ~
44AHJD ORF 25 or Twort ORF168 in S. aureus cells; B) Results of an assay for inhibitory potential of 44AHJD ORF 25 or Twort ORF168 when expressed in S.
aureus grown in liquid medium followed by plating on semi-solid medium either containing or not containing the antibiotic (30 ug/ml of kanamycin) necessary to maintain the selective pressure for the plasmid.
Fig. 4 depicts the results from affinity chromatography using GST and GST/44AHJD ORF 25 as ligands with a S. aureus extract prepared by French pressure cell lysis and sonication. Eluates from affinity columns containing the GST and GST/ORF25 ligands at 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml resin were resolved by SDS-12.5% PAGE. Proteins were visualized by silver staining. Micro-columns were sequentially eluted with 100 mM ACB containing 0.1 % Triton X-100, 1 M NaCI ACB, and 1 % SDS (SDS-PAGE only shows for 1 % SDS). Each molecular weight marker is approximately 100 ng. The lanes labeled ACB
indicate eluates from a 2.0 mg/ml ligand column loaded only with ACB buffer containing 75 mM NaCI. The arrow designated PT 48 indicates protein specifically interacting with 44AHJD ORF 25. Band corresponding to PT 48 was excised for protein identification.
Fig. 5 shows results of a tryptic peptide mass spectrum of the PT 48 protein that interacted with 44AHJD ORF 25 and that was eluted with 1 SDS. The control band (designated PT48C in Figure 4) excised from the 48 kDA
region did not contain PT 48.
Fig. 6 shows the identification of PT 48 (herein STAAU_R2) as S. aureus DNA-directed DNA polymerise III beta subunit protein from the Genbank database (accession number: 61:15922992).
Fig. 7 shows affinity chromatography using GST/Twort ORF
168 (A) or GST (B) as ligands with a 5.0 mg/ml S. aureus extract. Eluates from affinity columns containing the ligands at 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml resin were resolved by 14% SDS-PAGE and the gel was stained with silver nitrate.
Micro-columns were sequentially eluted with 100 mM ACB containing 0.1 % Triton X-100 (SDS-PAGE not shown), 1 M NaCI ACB, and 1 % SDS. Each molecular weight marker is approximately 200 ng. The lanes labeled ACB indicate eluates from a 2.0 mg/ml ligand column loaded only with ACB buffer containing 100 mM
NaCI. The arrow designated PT50 indicates protein specifically interacting with Twort ORF 168. Band corresponding to PT50 was excised for protein identification.
Fig. 8 shows the tryptic peptide mass spectrum analysis of the PT50 protein interacting with Twort ORF 168. The gel slice containing PT50 contained one protein.
Fig. 9 shows the identification of PT50 (herein STAAU_R2) as S. aureus DNA-directed DNA polymerise III beta subunit protein from the Genbank database (accession number: 61:15922992).
Fig. 10 shows schematic representations of A) the procedure for cloning S. aureus STAAU R2 in the yeast expression vector pGADT7 (pGADSTAAU R2); B) the procedure for cloning phage Twort ORF 168 in the yeast expression vector pGBKT7 (pGBK TwortORF168); and C) the yeast two-hybrid system in three stylized cells expressing either GADSTAAU_R2 (top panel), Twort ORF 168 (middle panel), or both GADSTAAU_R2 and Twort ORF
168 (bottom panel).
-a 5-Fig. 11 shows the results of yeast two hybrid analyses designed to test the interaction of S. aureus STAAU R2 comprising the amino acid of SEQ ID NO: 2 and Twort ORF 168. A) and B). Yeasts were co-transformed with pairs of vectors as indicated above each pair of photographs of Petri plates. Co-transformants were plated in parallel on yeast synthetic medium (SD) supplemented with amino acid drop-out lacking tryptophan and leucine (TL
minus) and on SD supplemented with amino acid drop-out lacking tryptophan, histidine, adenine and leucine (THAL minus). Co-transformants harboring the Twort ORF 168 polypeptide only grew on selective THAL' minus media in the presence of STAAU_R2 (top pairs of petri plates). Co-transformation of these polypeptides with control vectors harboring non-interacting proteins (pGBKLaminC or pGADT7-T) does not result in growth on THAL minus medium.
C) Results of the luminescent [3-galactosidase enzymatic assays with protein extracts from the indicated co-transformants.
Figure 12 shows optimal global and local alignments of Twort ORF168 (SEQ ID NO:6) and the STAAU_R2 interaction domain of Twort ORF168 (SEQ ID NO:B) with that of G1 ORF 240 (SEQ ID NO: 10).
Other objects, advantages and features of the present invention will become more apparent upon reading of the following non-restrictive description of preferred embodiments with reference to the accompanying drawing which is exemplary and should not be interpreted as limiting the scope of the present invention.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT
The invention relates to the discovery of an essential gene and its encoded polypeptide in S. aureus and portions thereof useful for example in screening, diagnostics, and therapeutics. More specifically, the invention also relates to S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptides and polynucleotides as described in greater detail below, and to a pair of polynucleotides encoding a pair of interacting polypeptides, to the pair of polypeptides themselves, or interacting domains thereof. In a particular embodiment, the pair includes a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or interacting domain thereof and a) a 44AHDJ ORF 25 or interacting domain thereof; b) a Twort ORF168 or interacting domain thereof;
or c) a G1 ORF 240 or interacting domain thereof. In one embodiment, the invention relates to STAAU_R2 having the nucleotide and amino acid sequences disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 1 and SEQ ID NO: 2, respectively. The sequences presented as SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2 represent an exemplification of the invention, since those of ordinary skill will recognize that such sequences can be usefully employed in polynucleotides in general, including ribopolynucleotides.
The methodology of two previous inventions (U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/110,992, filed December 3, 1998, and PCT international Application W01999/IB99/02040, filed December 3, 1999) has been used to identify and characterize essential polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences from S. aureus.
Thus, in a particular embodiment of the present invention, the present invention provides polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences isolated from S. aureus that can be used in a drug screening assay to identify compounds with anti-microbial activity. The polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences can be isolated using a method similar to those described herein, or using another method. In addition, such polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences can be chemically synthesized. The identification of these S. aureus sequences as targets for three different bacteriophages validates the approach of the present invention to identify bacterial targets and also validates STAAU_R2 as a key target for antibacterial drug development as well as diagnosis and treatment methods based thereon.
DEFINITIONS
In order to provide a clear and consistent understanding of terms used in the present description, a number of definitions are provided hereinbelow. ' The terminology "active on", with reference to a particular cellular target, such as the product of a particular gene, means that the target is an important part of a cellular pathway which includes that target and that an agent or compound acts on that pathway. Thus, in some cases the agent or compound may act on a component upstream or downstream of the stated target (i.e. indirectly on the target), including a regulator of that pathway or a component of that pathway. In general, an antibacterial agent is active on an essential cellular function, often on a product of an essential gene (i.e. directly on the target).
The terminology "active on" also refers to a measurable effect of the compound on the target it is active on (as compared to the activity of the target in the absence of the compound). The activity referred thereto is any one of a biological activity of one of the polypeptides of the present invention.
As used herein, the terms "inhibit", "inhibition", 'inhibitory", and r "inhibitor" all refer to a function of reducing a biological activity or function. Such reduction in activity or function can, for example, be in connection with a cellular component (e.g., an enzyme), or in connection with a cellular process (e.g., synthesis of a particular protein), or in connection with an overall process of a cell (e.g., cell growth). In reference to cell growth, the inhibitory effects may be bacteriocidal (killing of bacterial cells) or bacteriostatic (i.e. - stopping or at least slowing bacterial cell growth). The latter slows or prevents cell growth such that fewer cells of the strain are produced relative to uninhibited cells over a given time period. From a molecular standpoint, such inhibition may equate with a reduction in the level of, or elimination of, the transcription and/or translation and/or stability of a specific bacterial target(s), and/or reduction or elimination of activity of a particular target biomolecule.
As used herein, the term "STAAU_R2 polypeptide" "dnaN
polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide encompassing S. aureus STAAU_R2 (SEQ
ID NO: 2), variant thereof or an active domain of S. aureus STAAU_R2.As used herein, the term "active domain of S. aureus STAAU_R2", "biologically active polypeptide of STAAU_R2" or the like refers to a polypeptide fragment or portion of S. aureus STAAU_R2 that retains an activity of S. aureus STAAU_R2. The term "STAAU_R2 polypeptide" is meant to encompass S. aureus STAAU_R2 or an active domain of S. aureus STAAU_R2 that is fused to another, non-STAAU_R2 polypeptide sequence.
"STAAU_R2 activity" "polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 2 activity" "dnaN polypeptide activity" or "biological activity"
of STAAU_R2 or other polypeptides of the present invention is defined as a detectable biological activity of a gene, nucleic acid sequence, protein or polypeptide of the present invention. This includes any physiological function attributable to the specific biological activity of STAAU_R2, or phage ORF of the present invention. This includes measurement of the DNA synthesis activities of STAAU_R2 in cells or in vitro. Non-limiting examples of the biological activities may be.made directly or indirectly. STAAU_R2 biological activity, for example, is not limited, however, to its function in DNA synthesis. Biological activities may also include simple binding to other factors (polypeptides or otherwise), including compounds, substrates, and of course interacting proteins. Thus, for STAAU_R2, biological activity includes any standard biochemical measurement of STAAU_R2 such as conformational changes, phosphorylation status or any other feature of the protein that can be measured with techniques known in the art. STAAU_R2 biological activity also includes activities related to STAAU_R2 gene transcription or translation, or any biological activities of such transcripts or translation products. The instant invention is also concerned with STAAU_R2 interaction with an inhibitory polypeptide of the present invention, biological activity of STAAU_R2 also includes assays which monitor binding and other biochemical measurements _19_ of these polypeptides. Furthermore, for certainty, the terminology "biological activity" also includes measurements based on the interaction of domains of interacting proteins of the present invention (i.e. the phage ORFs or domains thereof). Non-limiting examples of "biological activity" include one or more of the following:
i) Binding to bacterial growth inhibitory ORFs derived from bacteriophage including 44AHDJ ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240 polypeptides or parfi thereof.
Determining the binding between polypeptides of the present invention can be accomplished by one of the methods described below or known in the art for determining direct binding. While it might be advantageous in certain embodiments of the present invention to provide a binding assay which is amenable to automation and more particularly to high-throughput, the present invention is not so limited. The binding or physical interaction of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, provided herein, or fragment thereof to bacteriophage protein 44AHDJ ORF 25, Twort ORF168, or G1 ORF 240 or portion thereof (e.g. SEQ ID NO: 8). The interaction or binding of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 and a binding portion of bacteriophage 44AHDJ ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240 may be between isolated polypeptides consisting essentially of the sequence necessary for binding, or, alternatively, the respective polypeptide sequence may be comprised within a larger polypeptide.
A number of non-limiting methods, useful in the invention, to measure the binding of bacteriophage 44AHDJ ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF
240 to a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragment thereof are described below. Binding can be measured by coupling one molecule to a surface or support such as a membrane, a microtiter plate well, or a microarray chip, and monitoring binding of a second moiecule by any number - ~~ _ _ ~ .s of means including optical spectroscopy, fluorometry, and radioactive label detection.
For example, Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer (FRET), in which the close proximity of two fluorophores, whether intrinsic to, as in the case of a naturally-fluorescent amino acid residue such as tryptophan, or either covalently or non-covalently bound to a separate molecule, causes the emission spectrum of one fluorophore to overlap with the excitation spectrum of the second, and thus dual fluorescence following excitation of only one fluorophore is indicative of binding. For example, Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer (FRET), in which the close proximity of two fiuorophores, whether intrinsic to, as in the case of a naturally-fluorescent amino acid residue such as tryptophan, or either covalently or non-covalently bound to a separate molecule, causes the emission spectrum of one fluorophore to overlap with the excitation spectrum of the second, and thus dual fluorescence following excitation of only one fluorophore is indicative of binding. An additional assay useful in the present invention is fluorescence polarization, in which the quantifiable polarization value for a given fluorescently-tagged molecule is altered upon binding to a second molecule. Surface plasmon resonance assays can be used as a quantitative method to measure binding between two molecules by the change in mass near an immobilized 'sensor caused by the binding of one protein from the aqueous phase to a second immobilized on the sensor. A scintillation proximity assay can also be used to measure binding of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, and fragment thereof and a bacteriophage ORF or fragment thereof in which binding in the proximity to a scintillant converts radioactive particles into a photon signal that is detected by a scintillation counter or other detector. Additionally, binding can be evaluated by a Bio Sensor assay, which is based on the ability of the sensor to register changes in admittance induced by ion-channel modulation following binding. Phage display is also a powerful quantitative assay to measure protein:protein interaction using colourimetric ELISA (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay).
ii) Stimulation of DNA synthesis The biological activity also relates to DNA synthesis stimulation of a polypeptide having the S. aureus STAAU_R2 sequence provided herein, a fragment or variant thereof, or a protein comprising a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide that directly interacts with bacteriophage protein 44AHJD
ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240, or a STAAU_R2-binding fragment of the 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240 proteins or variant thereof.
A number of methods, useful in the invention, to measure the DNA synthesis stimulation of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of STAAU_R2 are described below. The level of DNA synthesis can be evaluated for example by the measurement of radiolabeled nucleotides incorporation into DNA of S. aureus cells.
The rate and processivity of DNA synthesis could also be measured by using soluble in vitro systems based on the use of a variety of different synthetic DNA substrates including single-stranded (ss) DNA, double-stranded (ds) DNA, either linear or circular. In one embodiment, the replication assay involves crude or partially purified cellular proteins extracts or recombinantly produced proteins. In another embodiment, the reconstituted protein assays involves partially purified or pure forms of native proteins or fusion proteins or fragments thereof.
iii) Loading onto DNA
The DNA loading of a polypeptide having the S. aureus STAAU_R2 sequence provided herein, a fragment or analog thereof or a protein comprising a S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide that directly interacts with one of bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240 proteins, or a STAAU_R2-binding fragment of the 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF
240 proteins or variant thereof can also be monitored. In one embodiment, an in vitro reconstituted assay involves the measurement of 3~P-labeled or fluorescently-labeled STAAU_R2 assembly onto a circular DNA substrate.
As used herein, the term "polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide" or equivalent language encompasses polynucleotides that include a sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention, particularly a bacterial polypeptide and more particularly a polypeptide of S. aureus STAAU_R2 protein having an amino acid sequence set out in Fig. 1, SEQ ID NO: 2. The term also encompasses polynucleotides that include a single continuous region or discontinuous regions encoding the polypeptide (for example, polynucleotides interrupted by integrated phage, an integrated insertion sequence, an integrated vector sequence, an integrated transposon sequence, or otherwise altered due to RNA editing or genomic DNA reorganization) together with additional regions that also may contain coding and/or non-coding sequences.
As used herein, the term "STAAU R2 gene" "DnaN gene" is meant to encompass a polynucleotide encoding a S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide. Any additional nucleotide sequences necessary to direct transcription of RNA encoding a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide, either in a cell or in vitro, will be termed "regulatory sequences", which include but are not limited to transcriptional promoters and enhancers, and transcription terminators.
As used herein, the term "ORF 25" or "phage 44AHJD ORF
25" or "44AHJD ORF 25" encompasses a polynucleotide having the sequence provided in Fig. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 3), which encodes a gene product known as the 44AHJD ORF 25 gene product.
As used herein, the term "ORF 168" or "phage Twort ORF
168" or "Twort ORF 168" encompasses a polynucleotide having the sequence provided in Fig. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 5), which encodes a gene product known as the Twort ORF 168 gene product.
As used herein, the term "ORF 240" or "phage G7 ORF 240"
encompasses a polynucleotide having the sequence provided in Fig. 2 (SEQ ID
NO: 9).- which encodes a gene product known as the G7 ORF 240 gene product.
As used herein, the term "polynucleotide(s)" generally refers to any polyribonucleotide or poly-deoxyribonucleotide, which may be unmodified RNA or DNA or modified RNA or DNA. "Polynucleotide(s)" include, without limitation, single- and double-stranded DNA, DNA that is a mixture of single-and double-stranded regions or single-, double- and triple-stranded regions, single-and double-stranded RNA, and RNA that is mixture of single- and double-stranded regions, hybrid molecules comprising DNA and RNA that may be single-stranded or, more typically, double-stranded, or triple-stranded regions, or a mixture of single- and double-stranded regions. In addition, "polynucleotide"
as used herein refers to triple-stranded regions comprising RNA or DNA or both RNA
and DNA. The strands in such regions may be from the same molecule or from different molecules. The regions may include all of one or more of the molecules, but more typically involve only a region of some of the molecules. One of the molecules of a triple-helical region often is an oligonucleotide. As used herein, the term "polynucleotide(s)"also includes DNAs or RNAs as described above that contain one or more modified bases. Thus, DNAs or RNAs with backbones modified for stability or for other reasons are "polynucleotide(s)" as that term is intended herein. Moreover, DNAs or RNAs comprising unusual bases, such as inosine, or modified bases, such as tritylated bases, to name just two examples, are polynucleotides as the term is used herein. It will be appreciated that a great variety of modifications have been made to DNA and RNA that serve many useful purposes known to those of skill in the art. The term "polynucleotide(s)" as it is employed herein embraces such chemically, enzymatically or metabolically modified forms of polynucleotides, as well as the chemical forms of.DNA and RNA
characteristic of viruses and cells, including, for example, simple and complex cells. "Polynucleotide(s)" also embraces short pofynucleotides often referred to as oligonucleotide(s). Polynucleotides can also be DNA and RNA chimeras.
As used herein, the term "polypeptide(s)" refers to any peptide or protein comprising two or more amino acids joined to each other by peptide bonds or modified peptide bonds. "Polypeptide(s)" refers to both short chains, commonly referred to as peptides, oligopeptides and oligomers and to longer chains generally referred to as proteins. Polypeptides may contain amino acids other than the 20 gene-encoded amino acids. "Polypeptide(s)" include those modified either by natural processes, such as processing and other post-translational modifications, but also by chemical modification techniques.
Such modifications are well described in basic texts and in more detailed monographs, as well as in a voluminous research literature, and they are well known to those of skill in the art. It will be appreciated that the same type of modification may be present in the same or varying degree at several sites in a given polypeptide.
Also, a given polypeptide may contain many types of modifications.
Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide, including the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-chains, and the amino or carboxyl termini. Modifications include, for example, acetylation, acylation, ADP-ribosylation, amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalent attachment of a heme moiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative, covalent attachment of a lipid or lipid derivative, covalent attachment of phosphotidylihositol, cross-linking, cyclization, disulfide bond formation, demethylation, formation of cysteine, formation of pyroglutamate, formylation, gamma-carboxylation, GPI anchor formation, hydroxylation, iodination, methylation, myristoylation, oxidation, proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, prenylation, racemization, glycosylation, lipid attachment, sulfation, gamma-carboxylation of glutamic acid residues, hydroxylation, selenoylation, sulfation and transfer-RNA mediated addition of , amino acids to proteins, such as arginylation, and ubiquitination. See, for instance: Proteins - Structure and Molecular Properties, 2nd Ed., T. E.
Creighton, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York (1993); Wold, F., Posttranslational Protein Modifications: Perspectives and Prospects, pgs. 1-12 in Posttranslational Covalent Modification of Proteins, B. C. Johnson, Ed., Academic Press, New York (1983); Seifter et al., Meth. Enzymol. 182:626-646 (1990); and Rattan et al., Protein Synthesis: Posttranslational Modifications and Aging, Ann. N.Y. Acad.
Sci.
663: 48-62(1992). Polypeptides may be branched or cyclic, with or without branching. Cyclic, branched and branched circular polypeptides may result from post-translational natural processes and may be made by entirely synthetic methods, as well.
As used herein, the term "variant(s)" refers to a polynucleotide or polypeptide that differs from a reference polynucleotide or polypeptide, respectively, but retains one or more of the biological activities of the initial (e.g.
non-variant) polynucleotide or polypeptide of the present invention (e.g.
STAAtJ_R2). A typical variant of a polynucleotide differs in nucleotide sequence from another reference polynucleotide. Changes in the nucleotide sequence of the variant may or may not alter the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide encoded by the reference polynucleotide. Nucleotide changes may result in amino acid substitutions, additions, deletions, and truncations in the polypeptide encoded by the reference sequence, or in the formation of fusion proteins, as discussed below. A typical variant of a polypeptide differs in amino acid sequence from another reference polypeptide. Generally, differences are limited so that the sequences of the reference polypeptide and the variant are closely similar overall and, in many regions, identical. A variant and reference polypeptide may differ in amino acid sequence by one or more substitutions, additions, deletions in any combination. A substituted or inserted amino acid residue may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code. The present invention also includes variants of each of the polypeptides of the invention, that is polypeptides that vary from the referents by conservative amino acid substitutions whereby a residue is substituted by another with like characteristics. Typically, such substitutions are among Val, Leu and Ile; among Ser and Thr; among the acidic residues Asp and Glu; and among the basic residues Lys and Arg; or aromatic residues Phe and Tyr. Particularly preferred are variants in which 1-10, 1-5, 1-3, 2-3, or 1 amino acid or amino acids are substituted, deleted, or added in any combination. A
variant of a polynucleotide or polypeptide may be a naturally occurring such as an allelic variant, or it may be a variant that is not known to occur naturally. Non-naturally occurring variants of polynucleotides and polypeptides may be made by mutagenesis techniques, by direct synthesis, and by other recombinant methods known to skilled artisans.
As used herein, the term "fragment", when used in reference to a polypeptide, is a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is entirely the same as part but not all of the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide according to the invention from which it "derives". As with S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptides, fragments may be "free-standing" ("consisting of"), or comprised within a larger polypeptide of which they form a part or region, most preferably as a single continuous region in a single larger polypeptide.
The term "isolated", when used in reference to a nucleic acid means that a naturally occurring sequence has been removed from its normal cellular (e.g., chromosomal) environment or is synthesized in a non-natural environment (e.g., artificially synthesized). Thus, the sequence may be in a cell-free solution or placed in a different cellular environment. The term does not imply that the sequence is the only nucleotide chain present, but that it is essentially free (about 90-95% pure at least) of non-nucleotide material naturally associated with it, and thus is distinguished from isolated chromosomes.
The term "enriched", when used in reference to a polynucleotide means that the specific DNA or RNA sequence constitutes a significantly higher fracfiion (2-5 fold) of the total DNA or RNA present in the cells or solution of interest than in normal or diseased cells or in cells from which the sequence was originally taken. This could be caused by a person, by preferential reduction in the amount of other DNA or RNA present, or by a preferential increase in the amount of the specific DNA or RNA sequence, or by a combination of the two. However, it should be noted that enriched does not imply that there are no other DNA or RNA sequences present, just that the relative amount of the sequence of interest has been significantly increased.
As used herein, the term "significantly higher fraction"
indicates that the level of enrichment is useful to the person making such an enrichment and indicates an increase in enrichment relative to other nucleic acids of at least about 2-fold, or 5- to 10-fold or even more. The term also does not imply that there is no DNA or RNA from other sources. The other source of DNA
may, for example, comprise DNA from a yeast or bacterial genome, or a cloning vector such as pUC19. This term distinguishes from naturally occurring events, such as viral infection, or tumor type growths, in which the level of one mRNA
may be naturally increased relative to other species of mRNA. That is, the term is meant to cover only those situations in which a person has intervened to elevate the proportion of the desired nucleic acid.
As used herein, the term "purified" in reference to nucleic acid does not require absolute purity (such as a homogeneous preparation). Instead, it represents an indication that the sequence is relatively more pure than in the natural.environment (compared to the natural level, this level should be at least 2-5 fold greater, e.g., in terms of mglmL). Individual clones isolated from a genomic or cDNA library may be purified to electrophoretic homogeneity. The claimed DNA molecules obtained from these clones could be obtained directly from total DNA or from total RNA. cDNA clones are not naturally occurring, but rather are preferably obtained via manipulation of a partially purified naturally occurring substance (messenger RNA). The construction of a cDNA library from mRNA involves the creation of a synthetic substance (cDNA) and pure individual cDNA clones can be isolated from the synthetic library by clonal selection of the cells carrying the cDNA library. Thus, the process which includes the construction of a cDNA library from mRNA and isolation of distinct cDNA clones yields an approximately 106-fold purification of the native message over its proportion in naturally occurring cells. Thus, purification of at least one order of magnitude, preferably two or three orders, and more preferably four or five orders of magnitude is expressly contemplated. A genomic library can be used in the same way and yields the same approximate levels of purification.
The terms "isolated", "enriched", and "purified" used with respect to nucleic acids, above, may similarly be used to denote the relative purity and abundance of polypeptides. These, too, may be stored in, grown in, screened in, and selected from libraries using biochemical techniques familiar in the art.
Such polypeptides may be natural, synthetic or chimeric and may be extracted using any of a variety of methods, such as antibody immunoprecipitation, other "tagging" techniques, conventional chromatography and/or electrophoretic methods. Some of the above utilize the corresponding nucleic acid sequence.
As used herein, the term "complement" when used in reference to a given polynucleotide sequence refers to a sequence of nucleotides which can form a double-stranded heteroduplex in which every nucleotide in the sequence of nucleotides is base-paired by hydrogen bonding to a nucleotide opposite it in the heteroduplex with the given polynucleotide sequence. The term may refer to a DNA or an RNA sequence that is the complement of another RNA
or DNA sequence. As used herein, the term "hybridizes" refers to the formation of a hydrogen-bonded heteroduplex between two nucleic acid molecules.
Generally, a given nucleic acid molecule will hybridize with its complement, or with a molecule that is sufficiently complementary to the given molecule to permit formation of a hydrogen-bonded heteroduplex between the two molecules.
As used herein, the term "probe" refers to a polynucleotide of at least 15 nucleotides (nt), 20 nt, 30 nt, 40 nt, 50 nt, 75 nt, 100 nt, 200 nt, 500 nt, 1000 nt, and even up to 5000 to 10,000 nt in length.
WO 02/44718 __ PCT/CA01/01754 "' ~ ° ~'~ a o ~ IJ ~. t ~ ~
-z9-"Identity" and "similarity," as used herein and as known in the art, are relationships between two or more polypeptide sequences or two or more polynucleotide sequences, as the case may be, as determined by comparing the sequences.
Amino acid or nucleotide sequence "identity" and "similarity"
are determined from an optimal global alignment between the two sequences being compared. A non-limiting example of optimal global alignment can be carried-out using the Needleman - Wunsch algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, 1970, J. Mol. Biol. 48:443-453). "Identity" means that an amino acid or nucleotide at a particular position in a first polypeptide or polynucleotide is identical to a corresponding amino acid or nucleotide in a second polypeptide or polynucleotide that is in an optimal global alignment with the first polypeptide or polynucleotide.
In contrast to identity, "similarity" encompasses amino acids that are conservative substitutions.
' The term "conservative" substitution is well-known in the art and broadly refers to a substitution which does not significantly change the chemico-physical properties of the substituted amino acid. For example, a "conservative" substitution is any substitution that has a positive score in the blosum62 substitution matrix (Hentikoff and Hentikoff, 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci.
USA 89: 10915-10919). By the statement "sequence A is n% similar to sequence B" is meant that n% of the positions of an optimal global alignment between sequences A and B consists of conservative substitutions. By the statement "sequence A is n% identical to sequence B" is meant that n% of the positions of an optimal global alignment between sequences A and B consists of identical residues or nucleotides. Optimal global alignments in this disclosure used the following parameters in the Needleman-Wunsch alignment algorithm:
For polypeptides:
Substitution matrix: blosum62.
Gap scoring function: -A -B*LG, where A=11 (the gap penalty), B=1 (the gap length penalty) and LG is the length of the gap.
For nucleotide sequences:
Substitution matrix: 10 for matches, 0 for mismatches.
Gap scoring function: -A -B*LG where A=50 (the gap penalty), B=3 (the gap length penalty) and LG is the length of the gap.
The term ' identity' and 'similarity' between sequences can be extended to their fragments. An optimal local alignment between sequences A
and B is the highest scoring alignment of fragments of A and B. By the statement "sequence A is n% identical locally to B" is meant that n% of the positions of an optimal local alignment between sequences A and B consists of conservative substitutions. By the statement "sequence A is n% similar locally to B" is meant that n% of the position of an optimal local alignment between sequences A and B consists of identical residues or nucleotides. An non-limiting example of optimal local alignment can be carried-out using the Smith-Waterman algorithm (Smith, T.F and Waterman, M.S. 1981. Identification of common molecular subsequences. J. of M. Biol. 147:195-197).
Of course, the above-listed parameters are but one specific example of alignment algorithm parameters. Numerous algorithms and parameters are available and known to the person of ordinary skill.
Typical conservative substitutions are among Met, Val, Leu and Ile; among Ser and Thr; among the residues Asp, Glu and Asn; among the residues Gln, Lys and Arg; or aromatic residues Phe and Tyr. In calculating the degree (most often as a percentage) of similarity between two polypeptide sequences, one considers the number of positions at which identity or similarity is observed between corresponding amino acid residues in the two polypeptide sequences in relation to the entire lengths of the two molecules being compared.
As used herein, the term "antibody" is meant to encompass constructions using the binding (variable) region of such an antibody, and other antibody modifications. Thus, an antibody useful in the invention may comprise a whole antibody, an antibody fragment, a polyfunctional antibody aggregate, or in general a substance comprising one or more specific binding sites from an antibody. The antibody fragment may be a fragment such as an Fv, Fab or F(ab')z fragment or a derivative thereof, such as a single chain Fv fragment. The antibody or antibody fragment may be non-recombinant, recombinant or humanized. The antibody may be of an immunoglobulin isotype, e.g., IgG, IgM, and so forth. In addition, an aggregate, polymer, derivative and conjugate of an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof can be used where appropriate.
Neutralizing antibodies are especially useful according to the invention for diagnostics, therapeutics and methods of drug screening and drug design.
As used herein, the term "specific for an epitope present on a S. aureus STAAIJ_R2 polypeptide", when used in reference to an antibody, means that the antibody recognizes and binds an antigenic determinant present on a S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide according to the invention.
As used herein, the term "antigenically equivalent derivative(s)" encompasses a polypeptide, polynucleotide, or the equivalent of either which will be specifically recognized by certain antibodies which, when raised to the protein, polypeptide or polynucleotide according to the invention, interferes with the immediate physical interaction between pathogen and mammalian host.
As used herein, the term "essential", when used in connection with a gene or gene product, means that the host cannot survive without, or is significantly growth compromised, in the absence or depletion of functional product. An "essential gene" is thus one that encodes a product that is beneficial, . or preferably necessary, for cellular growth in vitro in a medium appropriate for growth of a strain having a wild-type allele corresponding to the particular gene in question. Therefore, if an essential gene is inactivated or inhibited, that cell will grow significantly more slowly than a wild-type strain or even not at all.
Preferably, o. . " r, v growth of a strain in which such a gene has been inactivated will be less than 20%, more preferably less than 10%, most preferably less than 5% of the growth rate of the wild-type, or the rate will be zero, in the growth medium.
Preferably, in the absence of activity provided by a product of the gene, the cell will not grow at all or will be non-viable, at least under culture conditions similar to normal in vivo growth conditions. For example, absence of the biological activity of certain enzymes involved in bacterial cell wall synthesis can result in the lysis of cells under normal osmotic conditions, even though protoplasts can be maintained under controlled osmotic conditions. Preferably, but not necessarily, if such a gene is inhibited, e.g., with an antibacterial agent or a phage product, the growth rate of the inhibited bacteria will be less than 50%, more preferably less than 30%, still more preferably less than 20%, and most preferably less than 10% of the growth rate of the uninhibited bacteria. As recognized by those skilled in the art, the degree of growth inhibition will generally depend upon the concentration of the inhibitory agent. In the context of the invention, essential genes are generally the preferred targets of antimicrobial agents. Essential genes can encode "target"
molecules directly or can encode a product involved in the production, modification, or maintenance of a target molecule.
As used herein, "target" refers to a biomolecule or complex of biomolecules that can be acted on by an exogenous agent or compound, thereby modulating, preferably inhibiting, growth or viability of a bacterial cell. A
target may be a nucleic acid sequence or molecule, or a polypeptide or a region of a polypeptide.
As used herein, the term "signal that is generated by interaction of a S. aureus polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragments thereof to a 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 or fragment thereof" or the like refers to the measurable indicator of polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragments thereof and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1. ORF 240 or fragment thereof interaction in a binding assay. As used herein, the term "signal that is generated by activation or inhibition of a S. aureus polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragments thereof" refers to the measurable indicator of polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragments thererof, activity in an assay of STAAU_R2 activity. For example, the signal may include, but is not limited to (i) a signal resulting from binding of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 to a STAAU_R2 polypeptide, including a fluorescence signal (fluorescence resonance energy transfer assay;
fluorescence polarization assay), spectrophotometer absorbance measurement of a colourimetric signal (phage display ELISA), mass change measurement (surface plasmon resonance analysis), or a viability measurement on selective medium (yeast two-hybrid analysis); or (ii) a reduction of a radiolabeled signal (DNA synthesis assay).
As used herein, the term "standard", used in reference to polypeptide activity, means the amount of activity observed or detected (directly or indirectly) in a given assay performed in the absence of a candidate compound.
A "standard" serves as a reference to determine the effect, positive or negative, of a candidate compound on polypeptide activity.
As used herein, the term "increase in activity" refers to an enhanced level of measurable activity of a polypeptide in a given assay in the presence of a candidate compound relative to the measurable level of activity in the absence of a candidate compound. Activity is considered increased according to the invention if it is at least 10% greater, 20% greater, 50%
greater, 75% greater, 100% greater or more, up to 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 20-fold, 50-fold, 100-fold or more than in the absence of a candidate compound. , As used herein, the term "decrease in activity" refers to a reduced level of measurable activity of a polypeptide in a given assay in the presence of a candidate compound relative to the measurable level of activity in the absence of a candidate compound. Activity is considered decreased according to the invention if it is at least 10% less, preferably 15% less, 20% less, 50% less, 75% less, or even 100% less (i.e., no activity) than that observed in the absence of a candidate compound.
As used herein, the term "conditions that permit their interaction", when used in reference to a S. aureus polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragments thereof, and a candidate compound means that the two entities are placed together, whether both in solution or with one immobilized or restricted in some way and the other. in solution, wherein the parameters (e.g., salt, detergent, protein or candidate compound concentration, temperature, and redox potential, among others) of the solution are such that the S. aureus polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO.: 2, or fragments thereof, and the candidate compound may physically associate. Conditions that permit protein:candidate interaction include, for example, the conditions described herein for FRET, fluorescent polarization, Surface Plasmon Resonance and Phage display assays.
As used herein, the term "detectable change in a measurable parameter of STAAU_R2" refers to an alteration in a quantifiable characteristic of a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide.
As used herein, the term "agonist" refers to an agent or compound that enhances or increases the activity of a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide. An agonist may be directly active on a S.
aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide, or it may be active on one or more constituents in a pathway that leads to enhanced or increased activity of a S.
aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide.
As used herein, the term "antagonist" refers to an agent or compound that reduces or decreases the activity of a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide. An antagonist may be directly active on a S.
aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide, or it may be active on one or _ ~ . .. -.
more constituents in a pathway that leads to reduced or decreased activity of a S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide.
As used herein, the term "antibacterial agent" or "antibacterial compound" refers to an agent or compound that has a bacteriocidal or bacteriostatic effect on one or more bacterial strains, preferably such an agent or compound is bacteriocidal or bacteriostatic on at least S. aureus.
As used herein, the term "synthesizing" refers to a process of chemically synthesizing a compound.
As used in the context of treating a bacterial infection a "therapeutically effective amount", "pharmaceutically effective amount" or "amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic effect" indicates an amount of an antibacterial agent which has a therapeutic effect. This generally refers to the inhibition, to some extent, of the normal cellular functioning of bacterial cells required for continued bacterial infection. Further, as used herein, a therapeutically effective amount means an amount of an antibacterial agent that produces the desired therapeutic effect as judged for example by clinical trial results and/or animal models. This amount can be routinely determined by one skilled in the art and will vary depending on several factors, such as the particular bacterial strain involved and the particular antibacterial agent used. In the same context, an "amount sufficient to reduce adhesion" of a bacterium to a tissue or tissue surface indicates an amount of an antibacterial agent that is effective for prophylactically preventing or reducing the extent of bacterial infection of the given tissue or tissue surface.
As used in the context of treating a bacterial infection, contacting or administering the antimicrobial agent 'in combination with existing antimicrobial agents' refer to a concurrent contacting or administration of the active compound with antibiotics to provide a bactericidal or growth inhibitory effects beyond the individual bactericidal or growth inhibitory effects of the active compound or the antibiotic. Existing antibiotic refers for example to the group consisting of penicillins, cephalosporins, imipenem, monobactams, aminoglycosides, tetracyclines, . sulfonamides, trimethoprim/sulfonamide, fluoroquinolones, macrolides, vancomycin, polymyxins, chloramphenicol and lincosamides.
As used herein, a "tissue" refers to an aggregation of cells of one or more cell types which together perform one or more specific functions in an organism. As used herein, a "tissue surFace" refers to that portion of a tissue that forms a boundary between a given tissue and other tissues or the surroundings of the tissue. A tissue surface may refer to an external surface of an animal, for example the skin or cornea, or, alternatively, the term may refer to a surface that is either internal, for example, the lining of the gut, or to a surface that is exposed to the outside surroundings of the animal only as the result of an injury or a surgical procedure.
As used herein, the term "measuring the binding of a candidate compound" refers to the use of an assay permitting the quantitation of the amount of a candidate compound physically associated with a S, aureus STAAU R2 polypeptide, fragment or variant thereof.
A "candidate compound" as used herein, is any compound with a potential to modulate the expression or activity of a S. aureus STAAU
polypeptide.
As used herein, the term "directly or indirectly detectably labeled" refers to the attachment of a moiety to a candidate compound that renders the candidate compound either directly detectable (e.g., an isotope or a fluorophore) or indirectly detectable (e.g., an enzyme activity, allowing detection in the presence of an appropriate substrate, or a specific antigen or other marker allowing detection by addition of an antibody or other specific indicator).
A "method of screening" refers to a method for evaluating a relevant activity or property of a large plurality of compounds, rather than just one or a few compounds. For example, a method of screening can be used to conveniently test at least 100, more preferably at least 1000, still more preferably at least 10,000, and most preferably at least 100,000 different compounds, or even more. In a particular embodiment, the method is amenable to automated, cost-effective high' throughput screening on libraries of compounds for lead development.
In a related aspect or in preferred embodiments, the invention provides a method of screening for potential antibacterial agents by determining whether any of a plurality of compounds, preferably a plurality of small molecules, is active on STAAU_R2. Preferred embodiments include those described for the above aspect, including embodiments which involve determining whether one or more test compounds bind to or reduce the level of activity of a bacterial target, and embodiments which utilize a plurality of different targets as described above.
The term "compounds" preferably includes, but is not limited to, small organic molecules, peptides, polypeptides and antibodies that bind to a polynucleotide and/or polypeptide of the invention, such as for example inhibitory ORF gene product or target thereof, and thereby inhibit, extinguish or enhance its activity or expression. Potential compounds may be small organic molecules, a peptide, a polypeptide such as a closely related protein or antibody that binds the same sites) on a binding molecule, such as a bacteriophage gene product, thereby preventing bacteriophage gene product from binding to STAAU R2 polypeptides.
The term "compounds" also potentially includes small molecules that bind to and occupy the binding site of a polypeptide, thereby preventing binding to cellular binding molecules, such that normal biological activity is prevented. Examples of small molecules include but are not limited to small organic molecules, peptides or peptide-like molecules. Preferred potential compounds include compounds related to and variants of inhibitory ORF encoded by a bacteriophage and of STAAU_R2 and any homologues and/or peptido-mimetics and/or fragments thereof. Other examples of potential polypeptide antagonists include antibodies or, in some cases, oligonucleotides or proteins which are closely related to the ligands, substrates, receptors, enzymes, etc., as the case may be, of the polypeptide, e.g., a fragment of the ligands, substrates, receptors, enzymes, etc.; or small molecules which bind to the polypeptide of the present invention but do not elicit a response, so that the activity of the polypeptide is prevented. Other potential compounds include antisense molecules {see Okano, 1991 .!. Neurochem. 56, 560; see also "Oligodeoxynucleotides as Antisense inhibitors of Gene Expression", CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL (1988), for a description of these molecules).
As used herein, the term "library" refers to a collection of 100 compourids, preferably of 1000, still more preferably 5000, still more preferably 10,000 or more, and most preferably of 50,000 or more compounds.
As used herein, the term "small molecule" refers to compounds having molecular mass of less than 3000 Daltons, preferably less than 2000 or 1500, still more preferably less than 1000, and most preferably less than 600 Daltons. Preferably but not necessarily, a small molecule is not an oligopeptide.
As used herein, the term "mimetic" refers to a compound that can be natural, synthetic, or chimeric and is structurally and functionally related to a reference compound. In terms of the present invention, a "peptidomimetic,"
for example, is a non-peptide compound that mimics the activity-related aspects of the 3-dimensional structure of a peptide or polypeptide, for example a compound that mimics the structure of a peptide or active portion of a phage-or bacterial ORF-encoded polypeptide.
As used herein, the term "bacteriophage inhibitor protein"
refers to a protein encoded by a bacteriophage nucleic acid sequence, which inhibits bacterial function in a host bacterium. Thus, it is a bacteria-inhibiting phage product. The term "bacteriophage inhibitor protein" encompasses a fragment, derivative, or active portion of a bacteriophage inhibitor protein.
In more than one embodiment of the above assay methods of the present invention, it may be desirable to immobilize either STAAU_R2 or its target molecule or ligand to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins or polypeptides, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to a STAAU_R2 protein or interaction of a STAAU_R2 protein with a target molecule or ligand in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, ,can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtitre plates, test tubes and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment a fusion protein can be provided which adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, glutathione-S-transferase/STAAU_R2 fusion proteins or glutathione-S-transferase/target fusion proteins (e.g. glutathione-S-transferase/Twort ORF168) can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, MO) or glutathione derivatized microtitre plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or STAAU_R2 protein and the mixture incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g. at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation the beads or microtitre plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of STAAU_R2 binding or activity determined using standard techniques.
Other techniques for immobilizing proteins on matrices (and well-known in the art) can also be used in the screening assays of the invention.
For example, either a STAAU R2 protein or a STAAU .R2 target molecule or ligand can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin.
Biotinylated STAAU R2 protein or target molecules or ligand can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford,1L), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical). Alternatively, antibodies reactive with CI-MPR protein, target molecules or ligand but which do not interfere with binding of the STAAU R2 protein to its target molecule or ligand can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or STAAU_R2 protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the STAAU_R2 protein or target molecule, as weft as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the STAAU_R2 protein or . target molecule and in particular with Twort ORF168, 44AHJD ORF25, and G1 ORF 240.
As used herein, the term "active portion" refers to an epitope, a catalytic or regulatory domain, or a fragment of a bacterlophage inhibitor protein that is responsible for, or a significant factor in, bacterial target inhibition. The active portion preferably may be removed from its contiguous sequences and, in isolation, still effect inhibition.
As used herein, the term "treating a bacterial infection" refers to a process whereby the growth and/or metabolic activity of a bacterium or bacterial population in a host, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human, is inhibited or ablated.
As used herein, the term "bacterium" refers to a single bacterial strain and includes a single cell and a plurality or population of cells of that strain unless clearly indicated to the contrary. In reference to bacteria or bacteriophage, the term "strain" refers to bacteria or phage having a particular genetic content. The genetic content includes genomic content as well as recombinant vectors. Thus, for example, two otherwise identical bacterial cells would represent different strains if each contained a vector, e.g., a plasmid, with different inserts.
As used herein, the term "diagnosing" refers to the identification of an organism or strain of an organism responsible for a bacterial infection.
As used herein, the term "infection with Staphylococcus aureus" refers to the presence, growth or proliferation of cells of a S, aureus strain within, or on a surface of, an animal, such as a mammal, preferably a human.
As used herein, the term "bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25-encoded polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide encoded by SEQ ID NO: 3 or to a fragment or derivative thereof encompassing an active portion of a bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25-encoded polypeptide of sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 4.
As used herein, the term "bacteriophage Twort ORF168 encoded polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide encoded by SEQ ID NO: 5 or to a fragment or derivative thereof encompassing an active portion of a bacteriophage Twort ORF168-encoded polypeptide of sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 6.
As used herein, the term "bacteriophage G1 ORF 240-encoded polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide encoded by SEQ ID NO: 9 or to a fragment or derivative thereof encompassing an active portion of a bacteriophage G1 ORF 240-encoded polypeptide of sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 10.
As used herein, the term "polypeptide complex" refers to a combination of two or more polypeptides in a physical association with each other.
It is preferred that such a physical association be required for some aspect of the activity of one or more of the polypeptides in such a polypeptide complex.
As used herein, the term "physical association" refers to an interaction between two moieties involving contact between the two moieties.
As used herein, the term "bodily' material(s)" means any material derived from an individual or from an organism infecting, infesting or inhabiting an individual, including but not limited to, cells, tissues and waste, such as, bone, blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, semen, saliva, muscle, cartilage, organ tissue, skin, urine, stool or autopsy materials.
_ _ " '''°'~~e " 1 ~ ~J 1 l As used herein, the term "disease(s)" means any disease caused by or related to infection by a bacterium, including, for example, otitis media, conjunctivitis, pneumonia, bacteremia, meningitis, sinusitis, pleural empyema and endocarditis, and most particularly meningitis, such as for example infection of cerebrospinal fluid.
As used herein, the term "fusion protein(s)" refers to a protein encoded by a gene comprising amino acid coding sequences from two or more separate proteins fused in frame such that the protein comprises fused amino acid sequences from the separate proteins.
As used herein, the term "host cell(s)" is a cell which has been transformed or transfected, or is capable of transformation or transfection by an exogenous polynucleotide sequence.
As used herein, the term "immunologically equivalent derivative(s)" encompasses a polypeptide, polynucleotide, or the equivalent of either which when used in a suitable formulation to raise antibodies in a vertebrate, results in antibodies that act to interfere with the immediate physical interaction between pathogen and mammalian host.
As used herein, the term "immunospecific" means that characteristic of an antibody whereby it possesses substantially greater affinity for the polypeptides of the invention or the polynucleotides of the invention than its affinity for other related polypeptides or polynucleotides respectively, particularly those polypeptides and polynucleotides in the prior art. .
As used herein, the term "individual(s)" means a multicellular eukaryote, including, but not limited to a metazoan, a mammal, an ovid, a bovid, a simian, a primate, and a human.
As used herein, the term "Organism(s)" means a (i) prokaryote, including but not limited to, a member of the genus Streptococcus, Staphylococcus, Bordetella, Corynebacterium, Mycobacterium, Neisseria, Haemophilus, Actinomycetes, Streptomycetes, Nocardia, Enterobacter, Yersinia, Fancisella, Pasturella, Moraxella, Acinetobacter, Erysipelothrix, Branhamella, Actinobacillus, Streptobacillus, Listeria, Calymmatobacterium, Brucella, Bacillus;
Clostridium, Treponema, Escherichia, Salmonella, Kleibsiella, Vibrio, Proteus, Enwinia, Borrelia, Leptospira, Spirillum, Campylobacter, Shigella, Legionella, Pseudomonas, Aeromonas, Rickettsia, Chlamydia, Borrelia and Mycoplasma, and further including, but not limited to, a member of the species or group, Group A
Streptococcus, Group B Streptococcus, Group C Streptococcus, Group D
Streptococcus, Group G Streptococcus, Streptococcus , pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus faecalis, Streptococcus faecium, Streptococcus durans, Neisseria gonorrheae, Neisseria meningitidis, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Corynebacterium diptheriae, Gardnerella vaginalis, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium bovis, Mycobacterium ulcerans, Mycobacterium leprae, Actinomyctes israelii, Listeria monocytogenes, Bordetella pertusis, Bordatella parapertusis, Bordetella bronchiseptica, Escherichia coli, Shigella dysenteriae, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus aegyptius, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Haemophilus ducreyi, Bordetella, Salmonella typhi, Citrobacter freundii, Proteus mirabilis, Proteus vulgaris, Yersinia pestis, Kleibsiella pneumoniae, Serratia marcessens, Serratia liquefaciens, Vibrio cholera, Shigella dysenterii, Shigella flexneri, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Franscisella tularensis, Brucella abortis, Bacillus anthracis, Bacillus cereus, Clostridium perfringens, Clostridium tetani, Clostridium botulinum, Treponema pallidum, Rickettsia rickettsii and Chlamydia trachomitis, (ii) an archaeon, including but not limited to Archaebacter, and (iii) a unicellular or filamenous eukaryote, including but not limited to, a protozoan, a fungus, a member of the genus Saccharomyces, Kluveromyces, or Candida, and a member of the species Saccharomyces ceriviseae, Kluveromyces lactis, or Candida albicans.
As used herein, the term "recombinant expression system(s)"
refers to a system in which vectors comprising sequences encoding polypeptides of the invention or portions thereof, or polynucleotides of the invention are introduced or transformed into a host. cell or host cell lysate for the production of the polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention.
As used herein, the term "artificially synthesized" when used in reference to a peptide, polypeptide or polynucleotide means that the amino acid or nucleotide subunits were chemically joined in vitro without the use of cells or polymerizing enzymes. The chemistry of polynucleotide and peptide synthesis is well known in the art.
In addition to the standard single and triple letter representations for amino acids, the term "X" or "Xaa" may also be used in describing certain polypeptides of the invention. "X" and "Xaa" mean that any of the twenty naturally occurring amino acids may appear at such a designated position in the polypeptide sequence.
As used herein, the term "specifically binding" in the context of the interaction of two polypeptides means that the two polypeptides physically interact via discrete regions or domains on the polypeptides, wherein the interaction is dependent upon the amino acid sequences of the interacting domains. Generally, the equilibrium binding concentration of a polypeptide that specifically binds another is in the range of about 1 mM or lower, more preferably 1 uM or lower, preferably 100 nM or lower, 10 nM or lower, 1 nM or lower, 100 pM
or tower, and even 10 pM or lower.
As used herein, the term "decrease in the binding" refers to a drop in the signal that is generated by the physical association between two polypeptides under one set of conditions relative to the signal under another set of reference conditions. The signal is decreased if it is at least 10% lower than the level under reference conditions, and preferably 20%, 40%, 50%, 75%, 90%, 95% or even as much as 100% lower (i.e., no detectable interaction).
As used herein, the term "detectable marker", when used in the context of a yeast two-hybrid assay, refers to a polypeptide that confers a trait o-a _- ,~_o ~-t upon a cell expressing that polypeptide that signals the presence or amount of that polypeptide expressed. Detectable markers are encoded on plasmids that may exist episomally or may be integrated into the genome of a host cell.
Detectable markers include, but are not limited to, polypeptides encoding enzymes allowing colorimetric or fluorescent detection (e.g., E, coli LacZ, which catalyzes the conversion of the substrate analog X-gal to generate a blue color), polypeptides encoding enzymes conferring antibiotic resistance, and polypeptides encoding enzymes conferring the ability of a yeast strain to grow on medium lacking a given component (i.e., critical for the relief of auxotrophy).
As used herein, the term "results in the expression of a detectable marker" means that the interaction of factors necessary to permit the expression of a detectable marker (e.g., two-hybrid transactivation domain and DNA binding domain fusion proteins) causes the transactivation and translation of detectable levels of a detectable marker. A "detectable level" is that level of expression that can be differentiated from background expression occurring in the substantial absence of one or more factors or conditions necessary for marker expression. Detectable levels will vary depending upon the nature of the detectable marker, but will generally consist of levels at least about 10% or more greater than the background level of a given marker.
As used herein, the term "decrease in the expression" refers to a drop in the expression of a detectable marker under one set of conditions relative to the expression under another set of reference conditions. The expression of a detectable marker is decreased if it is at least 10% lower than the level under reference conditions, and preferably 20%, 40%, 50%, 75%, 90%, 95%
or even as much as 100% lower (i.e., not expressed).
Identification of the S. aureus STAAU R2 seauence The methodology used to identify the STAAU R2 polypeptide is described in detail in U.S. Provisional Patent Application 60/110,992, filed - ° -~oo -~- sr~. s°r December 3, 1998, and PCT International Application W01999/IB99/02040, filed December 3, 1999.
A S. aureus polypeptide that specifically bound the bacterial growth inhibitory 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 proteins was isolated. Briefly, the three inhibitory ORF proteins were used separately as a ligand in an affinity chromatography binding step with S. aureus protein extract.
The selected S. aureus interacting polypeptide, herein referred as STAAU_R2, was purified and further analyzed by tryptic digestion and mass spectrometry using MALDI-ToF technology [Qin, J., et al. (1997) Anal. Chem. 69, 3995-4001].
Computational analysis of the mass spectrum obtained identified the corresponding ORF as the S. aureus DNA polymerise III, beta subunit. The interaction between Twort ORF 168 and the STAAU_R2, was confirmed in a yeast two-hybrid assay. The interaction between 44AHJD ORF 25 and the candidate target protein was confirmed by surface plasmon resonance.
Function of the DNA polymerise III, beta (f3)subunit DNA polymerise III holoenzyme is an essential component of bacterial DNA replication machinery. The holoenzyme contains several different polypeptide chains. Type III polymerises are exemplified by the replicase of the Gram-negative bacterium Escherichia coli, in which there are three separate components: a sliding clamp protein, a clamp loader complex and the DNA
polymerise itself [Kelman et al. 1995, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 64: 171-200]. The clamp loader is a multiprotein complex which uses ATP to assemble the sliding clamp around DNA. The DNA polymerise then binds to the sliding clamp which tethers the polymerise to the DNA. The DNA polymerise III beta ((3) subunit is a homodimer and forms the ring shaped sliding clamp associated with DNA.
Bacillus subtilis and Streptococcus pyogenes are the best characterized Gram-positive bacteria with respect to DNA replication [Barnes et al. 1995, Methods in Enzy. 262: 35-42; Bruck and O'Donnell 2000, J. Biol.
Chem.
275: 28971-28983]. Many genes involved in Bacillus subtilis DNA replication have been identified through the isolation of is mutants. Studies in B. subtilis have identified a polymerise that appears to be involved in chromosome replication and is termed Pol III. The polC gene encodes Pol III, a large polypeptide likely corresponding to the alpha and epsilon subunits of the E. coli enzyme. In in vitro reconstituted assays, five Streptococcus pyogenes proteins were shown to coordinate their actions to achieve rapid and processive DNA synthesis: the PoIC
DNA polymerise, ~, 8, b' and a [Bruck and O'Donnell 2000,.J. Biol. Chem. 275:
28971-28983].
S. aureus has a gene encoding a protein with 30% homology to the (3 of the E. coli enzyme. The S. aureus gene corresponding to the E.
coli [i subunit is dnaN. S. aureus dnaN has been described in two PCT Applications (WO 9937661; and WO 0109164).
The E. coli (3 subunit has been shown to interact with a variety of proteins including DNA polymerise I II a and 8 subunits, DNA, polymerise I, DNA polymerise II, DNA polymerise V, DNA ligase and MutS [Jeruzalmi et al.
2001, Cell, 106: 417-428; Lopez de Saro and O'Donnell 2001, PNAS, 98: 8376-8380]. Surprisingly, despite the demonstration of protein-protein interactions of the [3 subunit with a variety of proteins and despite evidence that these interactions within the replisome are critical to obtaining efficient chromosome replication in vitro [Turner et al. 1999, The EMBO J. 18: 771-783; Jeruzalmi et al. 2001, Cell, 106: 417-428; Bruck and O'Donnell 2000, J. Biol. Chem. 275: 28971-28983], there are currently no available drugs directed against the sliding clamp.
The demonstration that bacteriophage have adapted to inhibiting a host bacterium by acting on a particular cellular component or target provides a strong indication that that component is an appropriate target for developing and using antibacterial agents, e.g. in therapeutic treatments. The present invention provides additional guidance over mere identification of bacteria! essential genes, as the present invention also provides an indication of accessibility of the target to an inhibitor, and an indication that the target is sufficiently stable over time (e.g., not subject to high rates of mutation) as phage acting on that target were able to develop and persist. Thus, the present invention identifies STAAU_R2 as an appropriate target for development of antibacterial agents.
Identification of the surface of interaction on STAAU R2 This invention relates, in part, to a specific interaction between a growth-inhibitory protein encoded by the S. aureus bacteriophage genome and an essential S. aureus protein. In one embodiment, this interaction forms the basis for drug screening assays. More specifically, the invention relates to the interacting regions of the protein encoded by the S. aureus STAAU R2 and the S. aureus bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 proteins, forming the basis for screening assays. The invention provides a method for the identification of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 (e.g. with SEQ ID NO:
8) or G1 ORF 240 and, more preferably, STAAU_R2 polypeptide fragments which are involved in the interaction between STAAU_R2 and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240.
Several approaches and techniques known to those skilled in the art can be used to identify and to characterize interacting fragments of STAAU,R2, 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240. These fragments may include, for example, truncation polypeptides having a portion of an amino acid sequence of any of the two proteins, or variants thereof, such as a continuous series of residues that includes an amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal amino acid sequence.
Fragments of STAAU_R2, 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 can be cloned by genetic recombinant technology and tested for interaction using a yeast two-hybrid assay as exemplified below.
Partial proteolysis of proteins in solution is one method to delineate the domain boundaries in multi-domain proteins. By subjecting proteins to limited digestion, the most accessible cleavage sites are preferentially hydrolyzed. These cleavage sites preferentially reside in less structured regions which include loops and highly mobile areas typical of the joining amino acids between highly structures domains. Purified STAAU R2, 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240_proteins can be subjected to partial proteolysis. The proteolysis can be performed with low concentrations of proteases (trypsin, chymotrypsin, endoproteinase Glu-C, and Asp-N) with STAAU_R2, 44AHJD ORF
25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 in solution, resulting in the generation of defined proteolytic products as observed by SDS-PAGE. An acceptable concentration and reaction time is defined by the near complete conversion of the full-length protein to stable proteolytic products. The proteolytic products are then subjected to affinity chromatography containing the appropriated partner of interaction (44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168; G1 ORF 240 or STAAU_R2 purified proteins) to determine a protein sub-region able to interact. Interacting domains are identified by mass spectrometry to determine both the intact fragment mass and the completely digested with trypsin (by in-gel digestion) to better determine the amino acid residues contained within the partial proteolytic fragment. Using both sets of data, the amino acid sequence of the partial proteolytic fragment can be precisely determined.
Another approach is based on peptide screening, using different portions of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 or STAAU_R2 to identify minimal peptides from each polypeptide that are able to disrupt the interaction befween the two proteins. It is assumed that fragments able to prevent interaction between STAAU_R2 and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, or G1 ORF 240 correspond to domains of interaction located on either of the two interacting proteins. The different peptide fragments can be screened as competitors of interaction in protein: protein binding assays such as the ones described below. Fine mapping of interaction sites) within a protein can be performed by an extensive screen of small overlapping fragments or peptides spanning the entire amino acid sequence of the protein.
Suitable STAAU R2, Twort ORF 168, 44AHJD ORF 25, G1 ORF 240--derived amino acid fragments representative of the complete sequence of both proteins can be chemical synthesis. For instance, in the multipin approach, peptides are simultaneously synthesis by the assembly of small quantities of peptides (ca. 50 nmol) on plastic pins derivatized with an ester linker based on glycolate and 4-(hydroxymethyl) benzoate (Maeji 1991 Pept Res, 4:142-6).
S. aureus STAAU R2 polypeptides In one aspect of the invention there are provided polypeptides of S. aureus referred to herein as "STAAU R2" and "STAAU R2 polypeptides"
as well as biologically, diagnostically, prophylactically, clinically or therapeutically useful variants thereof, and compositions comprising the same.
Among the particularly preferred embodiments of the invention are variants of S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptides encoded by naturally occurring alleles of the STAAU R2 gene. The present invention provides for an isolated polypeptide which comprises or consists of: (a) an amino acid sequence which has at least 40% identity, preferably at least 50% identity, preferably at least 80%
identity, more preferably at least 90%, yet more preferably at least 95%, most preferably.at least 97-99%, or exact identity, over the entire length of SEQ
ID NO:
2; or b) an amino acid sequence that has at least 60% similarity, at least 70%
similarity, at least 80% similarity, at least 90% similarity, at least 95%
similarity, at least 97-99% similarity or even 100% similarity over the entire length of SEQ
ID
NO: 2.
The polypeptides of the invention include a polypeptide of Fig.
1 (SEQ ID NO: 2) (in particular the mature polypeptide) as well as polypeptides and fragments, particularly those which have a biological activity of STAAU_R2, and also those which have at least 40% identity over 50 or more amino acids to a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 or the relevant portion, preferably at least 60%, 70%, or 80% identity over 50 or more amino acids to a polypeptide of SEQ 1D
NO:
2, more preferably at least 90% identity over 50 or more amino acids to a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 and still more preferably at least 95% identity over 50 or more amino acids to a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 and yet still more preferably at least 99% identity over 50 or more amino acids to a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2.
The polypeptides of the invention also include a polypeptide or protein fragment that has at least 60%, 70%, 80% or 90% similarity, 95%
similarity or even 97-99% similarity over 50 or more amino acids to a polypeptide of SEQ
ID NO: 2.
It is most preferred that a polypeptide of the invention is derived from S. aureus, however, it may be obtained from other organisms of the same taxonomic genus. A polypeptide of the invention may also be obtained, for example, from organisms of the same taxonomic family or order.
Fragments of STAAU_R2 also are included in the invention.
These fragments may include, for example, truncation polypeptides having a portion of an amino acid sequence of Fig. 1 (SEQ ID NO: 2), or variants thereof, such as a continuous series of residues that includes an amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal amino acid sequence. Degradation forms of the polypeptides of the invention produced by or in a host cell, particularly S. aureus, are also preferred.
Further preferred are fragments characterized by structural or functional attributes such as fragments that comprise alpha-helix and alpha-helix-forming regions, beta-sheet and beta-sheet-forming regions, turn and turn-forming regions, coil and coil-forming regions, hydrophilic regions, hydrophobic regions, alpha amphipathic regions, beta amphipathic regions, flexible regions, surface-forming , regions, substrate binding region, and high antigenic index regions.
Fragments of STAAU R2 may be expressed as fusion proteins with other proteins or protein fragments.
Preferred fragments also include an isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence having at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, or 100 or more contiguous amino acids from the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2.
Also preferred are biologically "active" fragments which are those fragments that mediate activities of S. aureus STAAU R2, including those with a similar activity or an improved activity, or with a decreased undesirable activity. Also included are those fragments that are antigenic or immunogenic in an animal, especially in a human. Particularly preferred are fragments comprising domains that confer a function essential for viability of S. aureus.
Fragments of the polypeptides of the invention may be employed for producing the corresponding full-length polypeptide by peptide synthesis; therefore, these variants may be employed as intermediates for producing the full-length polypeptides of the invention.
S. aureus Polynucleotides It is an object of the invention to provide polynucleotides that encode STAAU R2 polypeptides, particularly polynucleotides that encode the polypeptide herein designated S. aureus STAAU_R2.
In one aspect of the invention, a polynucleotide is provided that comprises a region encoding a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide, the polynucleotide comprising a sequence set out in SEQ ID NO: 1. Such a polynucleotide encodes a full length STAAU R2 gene, or a variant thereof. It is contemplated that this full-length gene is essential to the growth and/or survival of an organism which possesses it, such as S. aureus.
As a further aspect of the invention there are provided isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding and/or expressing a fragment of a full-length STAAU R2 polypeptide, particularly a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or a variant thereof. Further embodiments of the invention include biologically, diagnostically, prophylactically, clinically or therapeutically useful polynucleotides, polypeptides, variants thereof, and compositions comprising same.
A polynucleotide of the invention is obtained using S. aureus cells as starting material, the nucleotide sequence information disclosed in SEQ
ID NO: 1, and standard cloning and screening methods, such as those for cloning and sequencing chromosomal DNA fragments from bacteria. For example, to obtain a polynucleotide sequence of the invention, such as the polynucleotide sequence disclosed as in SEQ ID NO: 1, a library of clones of chromosomal DNA
of S. aureus in E. coli or another suitable host is probed with a radiolabeled oligonucleotide, preferably a 17-mer or longer, derived from a partial sequence.
Clones carrying DNA identical to that of the probe can be distinguished using stringent hybridization conditions. As herein used, the terms "stringent conditions"
and "stringent hybridization conditions" mean hybridization occurring only if there is at least 95% and preferably at least 97% identity between the sequences. A
specific example of stringent hybridization conditions is of an overnight incubation of a hybridization support (e.g., a nylon or nitrocellulose membrane) at 42°C in a solution comprising: 1 X 106 cpm/ml labeled probe, 50% formamide, 5x SSC
(150mM NaCI, 15mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 micrograms/ml of denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the hybridization support in 0.1 x SSC at 65°C. Hybridization and wash conditions are well known to those . skilled in the art and are exemplified in Sambrook, et al., Molecular Cloning: A
Laboratory Manual, Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., (1989), particularly Chapter 11 therein. Solution hybridization may also be used with the polynucleotide sequences provided by the invention. By sequencing the individual clones thus identified by hybridization, it is possible to confirm the identity of the clone.
Alternatively, an amplification process can be utilized to isolate the poylnucleotide. In this approach, the sequence disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 1 is targeted by two oligonucleotides, one identical to a sequence on the coding DNA strand at or upstream of the ATG initiation codon and the other which anneals to the opposite strand at or downstream of the stop codon. Priming from these oligonucleotides in a polymerase chain reaction yields a full-length gene coding sequence. Such suitable techniques are described by Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2"d Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989).
In a further aspect, the present invention provides for an isolated polynucleotide comprising or consisting of: (a) a polynucleotide sequence which has at least 60% identity, preferably at least 70% identity, more preferably at least 80% identity, more preferably at least 90% identity, yet. more preferably at feast 95%, most preferably at least 97-99% or exact identity, to that of SEQ ID
NO: 1 over the entire length of SEQ ID NO: 1; (b) a polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide which has at (east 50% identity, preferably at feast 60%
identity, more preferably at least 70% identity, more preferably at least 80%
identity, more preferably at least 90%, yet more preferably at least 95%, most preferably at least 97-99% or exact identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 over the entire length of SEQ ID NO: 2; or the complement of a sequence of (a) or (b) above.
The invention provides a polynucleotide sequence identical over its entire length to the coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1. Also provided by the invention is a coding sequence for a mature polypeptide or a fragment thereof by itself as well as a coding sequence for a mature polypeptide or a fragment in reading frame with another coding sequence, such as a sequence encoding a leader or secretory sequence, a pre-, or pro-, or prepro-protein sequence. The polynucleotide of the invention may also contain at least one non-coding sequence, including for example, but not limited to at least one non-coding 5' and 3' sequence, such as the transcribed but non-translated sequences, termination signals (such as rho-dependent and rho-independent termination signals), ribosome binding sites, Kozak sequences, sequences that stabilize or destabilize mRNAs, introns, and polyadenylation signals. The polynucleotide sequence may also comprise additional coding sequence encoding additional amino acids. For example, a marker sequence that facilitates purification of the fused polypeptide can be encoded. In certain embodiments of the invention, the marker sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, as provided in the pQE vector (Qiagen, Inc.) and described in Gentz et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 86: 821-824 (1989), or an HA
peptide tag [Wilson et al., Cell 37: 767 (1984)], both of which may be useful in purifying polypeptide sequences fused to them. Polynucleotides of the invention also include, but are not limited to, polynucleotides comprising a structural gene and its naturally associated sequences that control gene expression.
While it is most preferred that a polynucleotide of the invention be derived from S. aureus, it may also be obtained from other organisms of the same taxonomic genus. A polynucleotide of the invention may also be obtained, for example, from organisms of the same taxonomic family or order.
Further preferred embodiments are polynucleotides encoding S. aureus STAAU R2 variants that have the amino acid sequence of S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 in which several, a few, 5 to 10, 1 to 5, 1 to 3, 2, 1 or no amino acid residues are substituted, modified, deleted and/or added, in any combination. Especially preferred among these polynucleotides are those encoding silent nucleotide alterations that do not alter the coding sequence or activities of S, aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptides they encode.
Preferred embodiments are polynucleotides encoding polypeptides that retain substantially the same biological function or activity as the mature polypeptide encoded by a DNA of SEQ ID NO: 1.
In accordance with certain preferred embodiments of this invention there are provided polynucleotides that hybridize, particularly under stringent conditions, to S. aureus STAAU_R2 polynucleotide sequences, such as those polynucleotides in Fig. 1.
The polynucleotides of the inventiori are useful as hybridization probes for RNA, cDNA and genomic DNA to isolate full-length cDNAs and genomic clones encoding genes that have a high degree of sequence identity to the STAAU_R2 gene. Such probes generally will comprise at least 15 to about 100 residues or base pairs, although such probes will preferably have about 20 to 50 nucleotide residues or base pairs. Particularly preferred probes are about 20 to about 30 nucleotide residues or base pairs in length.
A coding region of a related STAAU_R2 gene from a bacterial species other than S. aureus may be isolated by screening a library using a DNA
sequence provided in SEQ ID NO: 1 to synthesize an oligonucleotide probe. A
labeled oligonucleotide having a sequence complementary to that of a gene of the invention is then used to screen a library of cDNA, genomic DNA or mRNA to determine to which members) of the library the probe hybridizes.
There are several methods available and well known to those skilled in the art to obtain full-length DNAs, or extend short DNAs, for example those based on the method of Rapid Amplification of cDNA Ends (RACE) [see, for example, Frohman, et al., PNAS USA 85: 8998-9002, 1988]. Recent modifications of the technique, exemplified by the MARATHONTM technology (Clontech Laboratories Inc.) for example, have significantly simplified the search for longer cDNAs. In the MARATHONT"" technology, cDNAs are prepared from mRNA extracted from a chosen cell and an 'adaptor' sequence is ligated onto each end. Nucleic acid amplification by PCR is then carried out to amplify the "missing" 5' end of the DNA using a combination of gene specific and adaptor specific oligonucleotide primers. The PCR reaction is then repeated using "nested" primers, that is, primers designed to anneal within the amplified product (typically an adaptor-specific primer that anneals further 3' in the adaptor sequence and a gene-specific primer that anneals further 5' in the selected gene sequence). The products of this reaction can then be analyzed by DNA
sequencing and a full-length DNA constructed either by joining the product directly to the existing DNA to give a complete sequence, or by carrying out a separate full-length PCR using the new sequence information for the design of the 5' primer.
The polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention may be employed, for example, as research reagents and materials for discovery of treatments of and diagnostics for diseases, particularly human diseases, as further discussed herein relating to polynucleotide assays.
The polynucleotides of the invention that are oligonucleotides derived from a sequence of SEQ ID N0:1 are useful for the design of PCR
primers in reactions to determine whether or not the polynucleotides identified herein in whole or in part are transcribed in bacteria in infected tissue.
That is, the polynucleotides of the invention are useful for diagnosis of infection with a bacterial strain carrying those sequences. It is recognized that such sequences also have utility in diagnosis of the stage of infection and type of infection the pathogen has attained.
The invention also provides polynucleotides that encode a polypeptide that is the mature protein plus additional amino or carboxyl-terminal amino acids, or amino acids interior to the mature polypeptide. Such sequences may play a role in processing of a protein from precursor to a mature form, may allow protein transport, may lengthen or shorten protein half-life or may facilitate manipulation of a protein for assay or production, among other things. As generally is the case in vivo, the additional amino acids may be processed away from the mature protein by cellular enzymes.
A precursor protein, having a mature form of the polypeptide fused to one or more prosequences may be an inactive form of the polypeptide.
When prosequences are removed such inactive precursors generally are activated. Some or all of the prosequences may be removed before activation.
Generally, such precursors are called proproteins.
A polynucleotide of the invention thus may encode a mature protein, a mature protein plus a leader sequence (which may be referred to as a preprotein), a precursor of a mature protein having one or more prosequences that are not the leader sequences of a preprotein, or a preproprotein, which is a precursor to a proprotein, having a leader sequence and one or more prosequences, which generally are removed during processing steps that produce active and mature forms of the polypeptide.
In addition to the standard A, G, C, T/U representations for nucleotides, the term "N" may also be used in describing certain polynucleotides of the invention. "N" means that any of the four DNA or RNA nucleotides may appear at such a designated position in the DNA or RNA sequence, except it is preferred that N is not a nucleotide that when taken in combination with adjacent nucleotide positions, read in the correct reading frame, would have the effect of generating a premature termination codon in such reading frame.
For each and every polynucleotide of the invention there is also provided a polynucleotide complementary to it.
Vectors. Host Cells, and Expression Systems The invention also relates to vectors that comprise a polynucleotide or polynucleotides of the invention, host cells that are genetically engineered with vectors of the invention and the production of polypeptides of the invention by recombinant techniques. Cell-free translation systems can also be employed to produce such proteins using RNAs derived from the DNA constructs of the invention , Recombinant STAAU_R2 polypeptides of the present invention may be prepared by processes well known to those skilled in the art from genetically engineered host cells comprising expression systems.
Accordingly, in a further aspect, the present invention relates to expression systems that comprise a STAAU_R2 polynucleotide or polynucleotides of the present invention, to host cells which are genetically engineered with such expression systems, and to the production of polypeptides of the invention by recombinant techniques.
For recombinant production of STAAU_R2 polypeptides of the invention, host cells can be genetically engineered to incorporate expression systems or portions thereof or polynucleotides of the invention.
Representative examples of appropriate hosts include bacterial cells (Gram positive and Gram negative), fungal cells, insect cells, animal cells and plant cells.
Polynucleotides are introduced to bacteria by standard chemical treatment protocols, such as the induction of competence to take up DNA by treatment with calcium chloride (Sambrook et al., supra). Introduction of polynucleotides into fungal (e.g., yeast) host cells is effected, if desired, by standard chemical methods, such as lithium acetate - mediated transformation.
A great variety of expression systems are useful to produce STAAU_R2 polypeptides of the invention. Such vectors include among others, chromosomal-, episomal- and virus-derived vectors. For example, vectors derived from bacterial plasmids, from bacteriophages, from transposons, from yeast episomes, from insertion elements, from yeast chromosomal elements, from viruses, and from vectors derived from combinations thereof, are useful in the invention.
STAAU_R2 polypeptides of the invention are recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by well-known methods including ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid or urea extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography, and lectin chromatography. Well known techniques for refolding may be employed to regenerate an active conformation when the STAAU R2 polypeptide is denatured during isolation and/or purification.
Diagnostic, Prognostic, Serotypina, and Mutation Assays This invention is also related to the use of STAAU R2 polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention for use as diagnostic reagents.
Detection of S. aureus STAAU R2 polynucleotides and/or polypeptides in a eukaryote, particularly a mammal, and especially a human, will provide a diagnostic method for diagnosis of disease, staging of disease or response of an infectious organism to drugs. Eukaryotes, particularly mammals, and especially humans, particularly those infected or suspected to be infected with an organism comprising the S. aureus STAAU_R2 gene or protein, may be detected at the nucleic acid or amino acid level by a variety of well known techhiques as well as by methods provided herein.
Polypeptides and polynucleotides for prognosis, diagnosis or s other analysis may be obtained from a putatively infected and/or infected individual's bodily materials. Polynucleotides from any of these sources, particularly DNA or RNA, may be used directly for detection or may be amplified enzymatically by using PCR or any other amplification technique prior to analysis.
RNA, particularly mRNA, cDNA and genomic DNA may also be used in the same ways. Using amplification, characterization of the species and strain of infectious or resident organism present in an individual, may be made by an analysis of the genotype of a selected polynucleotide of the organism. Deletions and insertions can be detected by a change in size of the amplified product in comparison to a genotype of a reference sequence selected from a related organism, preferably a different species of the same genus or a different strain of the same species.
Point mutations can be identified by hybridizing amplified DNA
to labeled STAAU_R2 polynucleotide sequences. Perfectly or significantly matched sequences can be distinguished from imperfectly or more significantly mismatched duplexes by DNase or RNase digestion, for DNA or RNA
respectively, or by detecting differences in melting temperatures or renaturation kinetics. Polynucleotide sequence differences may also be detected by alterations in the electrophoretic mobility of polynucleotide fragments in gels as compared to a reference sequence. This may be carried out with or without denaturing agents.
Polynucleotide differences may also be detected by direct DNA or RNA
sequencing. See, for example, Myers et al, (1985) Science 230, 1242. Sequence changes at specific locations also may be revealed by nuclease protection assays, such as RNase, V1 and S1 protection assay or a chemical cleavage method. See, for example, Cotton et al., (1985) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA
85, 4397-4401.
In another embodiment, an array of oligonucleotide probes comprising STAAU_R2 nucleotide sequence or fragments thereof can be constructed to conduct efficient screening of, for example, genetic mutations, serotype, taxonomic classification or identification. Array technology methods are well known and have general applicability and can be used to address a variety of questions in molecular genetics including gene expression, genetic linkage, and genetic variability (see, for example, Chee et al., (1996) Science 274, 610).
Thus in another aspect, the present invention relates to a diagnostic kit which comprises: (a) a polynucleotide of the present invention, preferably the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, or a fragment thereof ;
(b) a nucleotide sequence complementary to that of (a); (c) a polypeptide of the present invention, preferably the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 or a fragment thereof; or (d) an antibody to a polypeptide of the present invention, preferably to the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 or fragment thereof.
It will be appreciated that in any such kit, (a), (b), (c) or (d) may comprise a substantial component. Such a kit will be of use in diagnosing a disease or susceptibility to a disease, among others.
This invention also relates to the use of STAAU R2 polynucleotides of the present invention as diagnostic reagents. Detection of a mutated form of a polynucleotide of the invention, preferably, SEQ ID NO: 1, which is associated with a disease or pathogenicity will provide a diagnostic tool that can add to, or define, a diagnosis of a disease, a prognosis of a course of ~ disease, a determination of a stage of disease, or a susceptibility.to a disease, which results from under-expression, over-expression or altered expression of the polynucleotide. Organisms, particularly infectious organisms, carrying mutations in such polynucleotide may be detected at the polynucleotide level by a variety of techniques, such as those described elsewhere herein.
The STAAU R2 nucleotide sequences of the present invention are also valuable for organism chromosome identification. The sequence is specifically targeted to, and can hybridize with, a particular location on an organism's chromosome, particularly to a S. aureus chromosome. The mapping of relevant sequences to chromosomes according to the present invention may be an important step in correlating those sequences with pathogenic potential and/or an ecological niche of an organism and/or drug resistance of an organism, as well as the essentiality of the gene to the organism.
Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the.
physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. Such data may be found on-line in a sequence database. The relationship between genes and diseases that have been mapped to the same chromosomal region are then identified through known genetic methods, for example, through linkage analysis (coinheritance of physically adjacent genes) or mating studies, such as by conjugation.
The differences in a polynucleotide and/or polypeptide sequence between organisms possessing a first phenotype and organisms possessing a different, second different phenotype can also be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all organisms possessing the first phenotype but not in any organisms possessing the second phenotype, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the first phenotype.
Polypeptides and polynucleotides for prognosis, diagnosis or other analysis may be obtained from a putatively infected and/or infected individual's bodily materials. Particularly DNA or polynucleotides, from any of these sources may be used directly for detection or may be amplified enzymatically using PCR or other amplification technique with oligonucleotide amplification primers derived from the polynucleotide sequence of S. aureus STAAIJ_R2. RNA, particularly mRNA, or RNA reverse transcribed to cDNA, is also useful for diagnostics. Following amplification of a S. aureus STAAU_R2 __ .. _ d,_ .
related polynucleotide from a sample, characterization of the species and strain of infecting or resident organism is made by an analysis of the amplified polynucleotide relative to one or more reference polynucleotides or sequences relative to a standard from a related organism (i.e. a known strain of S.
aureus).
The invention further provides a process for diagnosing bacterial infections such as those caused by S. aureus, the process comprising determining from a sample derived from an individual, such as a bodily material, an increased level of expression of a polynucleotide having a sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 1 relative to a sample taken from a non-diseased individual.
Increased or decreased expression of a STAAU R2 polynucleotide can be measured using any one of the methods well known in the art for the quantitation of polynucleotides, such as, for example, PCR, RT-PCR, RNase protection, Northern blotting and other hybridization methods, and spectrometry.
In addition, a diagnostic assay in accordance with the invention for detecting over-expression of STAAU_R2 polypeptide compared to normal control tissue samples may be used to detect the presence of an infection, for example. Assay techniques that can be used to determine levels of a S.
aureus DnaN polypeptide, in a sample derived from a host, such as a bodily material, are well-known to those of skill in the art. Such assay methods include radioimmunoassays, competitive-binding assays, Western Blot analysis, antibody sandwich assays, antibody detection and ELISA assays.
Gridding and Polynucleotide Subtraction of S, aureus Genomic Seguences The STAAU_R2 polynucleotides of the invention may be used as components of polynucleotide arrays, preferably high density arrays or grids.
These high density arrays are particularly useful for diagnostic and prognostic purposes. For example, a set of spots each comprising a different gene, and further comprising a polynucleotide or polynucleotides of the invention, may be used for probing, such as hybridization or nucleic acid amplification, using a probe W°y ~ v 6eAil~ "° 1 ~ V s ~ i t obtained or derived from a bodily sample, to determine the presence a particular polynucleotide sequence or related sequence in an individual.
Antibodies Specific for S. aureus Peptides or Polypeptides The STAAU_R2 polypeptides and polynucleotides of the invention or variants thereof, or cells expressing them are useful as immunogens to produce antibodies immunospecific for such polypeptides or polynucleotides, respectively.
In certain preferred embodiments of the invention there are provided antibodies against S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptides or polynucleotides encoding them. Antibodies against STAAU_R2-polypeptide or STAAU_R2-polynucleotide are useful for treatment of infections, particularly bacterial infections.
Antibodies generated against the polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention are obtained by administering the polypeptides and/or polynucleotides of the invention or epitope-bearing fragments of either or both, analogues of either or both, or cells expressing either or both, to an animal, preferably a nonhuman, using routine protocols. For preparation of monoclonal antibodies, any technique known in the art that provides antibodies produced by continuous cell line cultures is useful. Examples include various techniques, such as those in Kohler, G. and Milstein, C., Nature 256: 495-497 (1975); ICozbor et al., Immunology Today 4: 72 (1983); and Cole et al., pg. 96-96 in Monoclonal Anbitodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, fnc. (1985).
Techniques for the production of single chain antibodies (U.S.
Patent No. 4,946,968) can be adapted to produce single chain antibodies to polypeptides or polynucleotides of this invention. Also, transgenic mice, or other mammals, are useful to express humanized antibodies immunospecific to the polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention.
When antibodies are administered therapeutically, the antibody or variant thereof is preferably modified to make if less immunogenic in the individual. For example, if the individual is human the antibody is most preferably "humanized," where the complementarity determining region or regions of the hybridoma-derived antibody has been transplanted into a human monoclonal antibody, for example as described in Jones et al. (1986), Nature 321, 522-525 or Tempest et al., (1991 ) Biotechnology 9, 266-273.
Alternatively, phage display technology is useful to select antibody genes with binding activities towards a STAAU R2 polypeptide of the invention. In one possible scheme, antibody fragments specific for S. aureus STAAU_R2 are selected from an immune library of antibody genes expressed as fusions with coat protein of filamentous phage. Alternatively, naive libraries are screened by phage display techniques to identify genes encoding antibodies specified for STAAU_R2 or from naive libraries [McCafferty, et al., (1990), Nature 348, 552-554; Marks, et al., (1992) Biotechnology 10, 969-783; a recent reference is de Haard et al. (1999) J Biol Chem 274: 18218-18230]. The ability to recover, for various targets, antibodies with subnanomolar affinities obviates the need for immunization. The affinity of these antibodies can also be improved by, for example, chain shuffling [Clackson et al., (1991) Nature 352: 628].
The above-described antibodies may be employed to isolate or to identify clones expressing the polypeptides or polynucleotides of the invention, for example to purify the polypeptides or polynucleotides by immunoaffinity chromatography.
A variant polypeptide or polynucleotide of the invention, such as an antigenically or immunologically equivalent derivative or a fusion protein of the polypeptide is also useful as an antigen to immunize a mouse or other animal such as a rat or chicken. A fused protein provides stability to the polypeptide acting as a carrier, or acts as an adjuvant or both. Alternatively, the antigen is associated, for example by conjugation, with an immunogenic carrier protein, such as bovine serum albumin, keyhole limpet haemocyanin or tetanus toxoid.
Alternatively, when antibodies are to be administered therapeutically, alternatively a multiple antigenic polypeptide comprising multiple copies of the polypeptide, or an antigenically or immunologically equivalent polypeptide thereof may be sufficiently antigenic to improve immunogenicity so as to obviate the use of a carnet.
In accordance with an aspect of the invention, there is provided the use of a STAAU_R2 polynucleotide of the invention for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes, in particular genetic immunization. The use of a STAAU R2 polynucleotide of the invention in genetic immunization preferably employs a suitable delivery method such as direct injection of plasmid DNA
into muscles [Wolff et al., Hum Mol Genet (1992) 1: 363, Manthorpe et al., Hum.
Gene Ther. (1983) 4: 419], delivery of DNA complexed with specific protein carriers [UVu et al., JBiol Chem. (1989) 264: 16985], coprecipitation of DNA with calcium phosphate [Benvenisty & Reshef, PNAS USA, (1986) 83: 9551 ], encapsulation of DNA in various forms of liposomes [Kaneda et ai., Science (1989) 243: 375], particle bombardment [Tang et al., Nature (1992) 356:152, Eisenbraun et al., DNA
Cell Biol (1993) 12: 791] or in vivo infection using cloned retroviral vectors [Seeger et al., PNAS USA (1984) 81: 5849].
Antagonists and Aaonists: Assays and Molecules The invention is based in part on the discovery that STAAU R2 is a target for the bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240 inhibitory factors. Applicants have recognized the utility of the interaction in the development of antibacterial agents. Specifically, the inventors have recognized that 1) STAAU_R2 is a critical target for bacterial inhibition; 2) 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 or derivatives or functional mimetics thereof are useful for inhibiting bacterial growth; and 3) the interaction between STAAU_R2 of S, aureus and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF
240 may be used as a target for the screening and rational design of drugs or antibacterial agents. In addition to methods of directly inhibiting STAAU_R2 activity, methods of inhibiting STAAU_R2 expression are also attractive for antibacterial activity.
In several embodiments of the invention, there are provided methods for identifying compounds which bind to or otherwise interact with and inhibit or activate an activity or expression of a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the invention comprising: contacting a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the invention with a compound to be screened under conditions to permit binding to or other interaction between the compound and the polypeptide and/or polynucleotide to assess the binding to or other interaction with the compound, such binding or interaction preferably being associated with a second component capable of providing a detectable signal in response to the binding or interaction of the polypeptide and/or polynucleotide with the compound; and determining whether the compound binds to or otherwise interacts with and activates or inhibits an activity or expression of the polypeptide and/or polynucleotide by detecting the presence or absence of a signal generated from the binding or interaction of the compound with the polypeptide and/or polynucleotide.
Potential antagonists include, among others, small organic molecules, peptides, polypeptides and antibodies that bind to a polynucleotide and/or polypeptide of the invention and thereby inhibit or extinguish its activity or expression. Potential antagonists also may be small organic molecules, a peptide, a polypeptide such as a closely related protein or antibody that binds the same sites on a binding molecule, such as a binding molecule, without inducing STAAU R2-induced activities, thereby preventing the action or expression of S.
aureus STAAU R2 polypeptides and/or polynucleotides by excluding S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptides and/or polynucleotides from binding.
Potential antagonists also include a small molecule that binds to and occupies the binding site of the polypeptide thereby preventing binding to cellular binding molecules, such that normal biological activity is prevented.
Cellular binding molecules include but are not limited to proteins involved in DNA
replication. Examples of cellular binding molecules include DNA polymerase III
a and 8 subunits, DNA polymerase I, DNA polymerase II, DNA polymerase V, DNA ligase and MutS polypeptides.
Examples of small molecules include but are not limited to small organic molecules, peptides or peptide-like molecules. Other potential antagonists include antisense molecules [see Okano, (1991 ) J. Neurochem. 56, 560; see also Oligodeoxynucleotides As Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression, CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL (1988), for a description of these molecules].
Preferred potential antagonists include compounds related to and variants of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 and of STAAU R2. Other examples of potential polypeptide antagonists include antibodies or, in some cases, oligonucleotides or proteins which are closely related to the ligands, substrates, receptors, enzymes, etc., as the case may be, of the polypeptide, e.g., a fragment of the ligands, substrates, receptors, enzymes, etc.; or small molecules which bind to the polypeptide of the present invention but do not elicit a response, so that the activity of the polypeptide is prevented.
Compounds may be identified from a variety of sources, for example, cells, cell-free preparations, chemical libraries, and natural product mixtures. These substrates and ligands may be natural substrates and ligands or may be structural or functional mimetics. See, e.g., Coligan et al., Current Protocols in Immunology 1 (2): Chapter 5 (1991 ). Peptide modulators can also be selected by screening large random libraries of all possible peptides of a certain length.
Compounds derived from the polypeptide sequence of 44AHJD ORF25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 could represent fragments representing small overlapping peptides spanning the entire amino acid sequence of these ORFs. Fragments of 44AHJD ORF25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 can be produced as described above.
Certain of the polypeptides of the invention are biomimetics, functional mimetics of the natural S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide. These functional mimetics are useful for, among other things, antagonizing the activity of S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide or as an antigen or immunogen in a manner, described above. Functional mimetics of the polypeptides of the invention include but are not limited to truncated polypeptides. For example, preferred functional mimetics include a polypeptide comprising the polypeptide sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 2 lacking 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, 200, 300, 325 amino- or carboxy-terminal amino acid residues, including fusion proteins comprising one or more of these truncated sequences. Polynucleotides encoding each of these functional mimetics may be used as expression cassettes to express each mimetic polypeptide. It is preferred that these cassettes comprise 5' and 3' restriction sites to allow for a convenient means to ligate the cassettes together when desired.
It is further preferred that these cassettes comprise gene expression signals known in the art or described elsewhere herein.
Screening Assays According to the Invention It is desirable to devise screening methods to identify compounds which stimulate or which inhibit the function of the STAAU,R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide of the invention. Accordingly, the present invention provides for a method of screening compounds to identify those that modulate the function of a polypeptide or polynucleotide of the invention. In general, antagonists may be employed for therapeutic and prophylactic purposes. It is contemplated that an agonist of STAAU_R2 may be useful, for example, to enhance the growth rate of bacteria in a sample being cultured for diagnostic or other purposes.
It has been determined that STAAU_R2 is a target for bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168 and G1 ORF 240 products, which acts as inhibitory factors. Applicants have recognized the utility of the interaction in the development of antibacterial agents. Polypeptide and/or _70_ polynucleotide targets such as STAAU_R2 are critical targets for bacterial inhibition. S. aureus bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF
240 or derivatives or functional mimetics thereof are useful for inhibiting bacterial growth and the interaction, binding, inhibition and/or activation which occurs between polypeptides, such as for example STAAU_R2 of S. aureus and 44AHJD
ORF 25, Twort ORF168, G1 ORF 240 may be used for the screening and rational design of drugs or antibacterial agents. In addition to methods for directly inhibiting a target such as STAAU_R2 activity, methods of inhibiting a target such as STAAU_R2 expression are also attractive for antibacterial activity.
In preferred embodiments, the method involves the interaction of an inhibitory ORF product or fragment thereof with the corresponding bacterial target or fragment thereof that maintains the interaction with the ORF product or fragment. Interference with the interaction between the components can be monitored, and such interference is indicative of compounds that can inhibit, activate, or enhance the activity of the target molecule.
a. Binding Assays There are a number of methods of examining binding of a candidate compound to a protein target such as STAAU R2 and a polypeptide comprising amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragments thereof.
Screening methods that measure the binding of a candidate compound to the STAAU_R2 polypeptide or polynucleotide, or to cells or supports bearing the polypeptide or a fusion protein comprising the polypeptide, by means of a label directly or indirectly associated with the candidate compound, are useful in the invention.
The screening method may involve competition for binding of a labeled competitor such as 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 or a fragment that is competent to bind STAAU R2.
° a 6 ~'e~ - ~. ~ r~ Y a Non-limiting examples of screening assays [Reviewed in Sittampalam et al. 1997 Curr Opin Chem Biol. 3:384-91] in accordance with the present invention include the following.
i.) Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer (FRET) A method of measuring inhibition of binding of two proteins using fluorescence resonance energy transfer [FRET;. de Angelis, 1999, Physiological Genomics]. FRET is a quantum mechanical phenomenon that occurs between a fluorescence donor (D) and a fluorescence acceptor (A) in close proximity (usually < 100 A of separation.) if the emission spectrum of D
overlaps with the excitation spectrum of A. Variants of the green fluorescent protein (GFP) from the jellyfish Aequorea victoria are fused to a polypeptide or protein and serve as D-A pairs in a FRET scheme to measure protein-protein interaction. Cyan (CFP: D) and yellow (YFP: A) fluorescence proteins are linked with STAAU_R2 polypeptide, or a fragment of STAAU_R2 and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 protein respectively. Under optimal proximity, interaction between STAAU R2, or a fragment of STAAU_R2, and 44AHJD ORF
25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 causes a decrease in intensity of CFP
fluorescence concomitant with an increase in YFP fluorescence.
The addition of a candidate modulator to the mixture of appropriately labeled STAAU_R2 and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF
240 protein, will result in an inhibition of energy transfer evidenced by, for example, a decease in YFP fluorescence at a given concentration of 44AHJD
ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 relative to a sample without the candidate inhibitor.
ii.) Fluorescence polarization Fluorescence polarization measurement is another useful method to quantitate protein-protein binding. The fluorescence polarization value for a fluorescently-tagged molecule depends on the rotational correlation time or tumbling rate. Protein complexes, such as those formed by S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide, or a fragment of STAAU_R2 associating with a fluorescently labeled poiypeptide (e.g., 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 or a binding fragment thereof), have higher polarization values than does the fluorescently labeled polypeptide. Inclusion of a candidate inhibitor of the STAAU'R2 interaction results in a decrease in fluorescence polarization relative to a mixture without the candidate inhibitor if the candidate inhibitor disrupts or inhibits the interaction of STAAU_R2 with its polypeptide binding partner. It is preferred that this method be used to characterize small molecules that disrupt the formation of polypeptide or protein complexes.
iii.) Surface plasmon resonance Another powerful assay to screen for inhibitors of a protein:
protein interaction is surface plasmon resonance. Surface plasmon resonance is a quantitative method that measures binding between two (or more) molecules by the change in mass near a sensor surface caused by the binding of one protein or other biomolecule from the aqueous phase (analyte) to a second protein or biomolecule immobilized on the sensor(ligand). This change in mass is measured as resonance units versus time after injection or removal of the second protein or biomolecule (analyte) and is measured using a Biacore Biosensor (Biacore AB) or similar device. STAAU R2, or a polypeptide comprising fragment of STAAU_R2, could be immobilized as a ligand on a sensor chip (for example, research grade CM5 chip; Biacore AB) using a covalent linkage method (e.g. amine coupling in 10 mM sodium acetate [pH 4.5]). A blank surface is prepared by activating and inactivating a sensor chip without protein immobilization. Alternatively, a ligand surface can be prepared by noncovalent capture of ligand on the surface of the sensor chip by means of a peptide affinity tag, an antibody, or biotinylation. The binding of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF
or G1 ORF 240 to STAAU_R2, or a fragment of STAAU R2, is measured by injecting purified 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 over the ligand chip surface. Measurements are performed at any desired temperature between 4°C and 37°C. Conditions used for the assay (i.e., those permitting binding) are as follows: 25 mM HEPES-KOH (pH 7.6), 150 mM sodium chloride, 15% glycerol, 1 mM dithiothreitol, and 0.001 % Tween 20 with a flow rate of 10 ul/min. Preincubation of the sensor chip with candidate inhibitors will predictably decrease the interaction between 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF
240 and STAAU_R2. A decrease in 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF
240 binding, detected as a reduced response on sensorgrams and measured in resonance units, is indicative of competitive binding by the candidate compound.
iv.) Scintillation Proximity Assay A scintillation proximity assay (SPA) may be used to characterize the interaction between a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide, or a fragment of STAAU_R2 polypeptide, for example comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or a part thereof, and another polypeptide. The SPA
relies in a solid-phase substrate, such as beads or the plastic of a microtitre plate, into which a scintillant has been incorporated. For the assay, the target protein, for example a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide, is coupled to the beads or to the surface of the plate, either covalently through activated surface chemistries or non-covalently through a peptide affinity tag, an antibody, or biotinylation.
Addition of a radiolabeled binding polypeptide, for example [32P]-radiolabeled 44AHJD
ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 orG1 ORF 240, results in close proximity of the radioactive source molecule to the scintillant. As a consequence, the radioactive decay excites the scintillant contained within the bead or within the plastic of the plate and detectable light is emitted. Compounds that prevent the association between immobilized S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide and radiolabeled 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 will diminish the scintillation signal. The SPA thus represents an example of an ideal technology with which to screen for inhibitors of the STAAU_R2-44AHJD ORF 25, STAAU_R2-Twort ORF
168 or STAAU_R2-G1 ORF 240 interactions because it is readily adapted to high-throughput, automated format and because of its sensitivity for detection of protein-protein interactions with Kpvalues in the micromolar to nanomolar ranges.
v.) Bio Sensor Assay ICS biosensors have been described by AMBRI (Australian Membrane Biotechnology Research Institute; http/lwww.ambri.com.au/). In this technology, the self-association of macromolecules such as STAAU_R2, or a fragment of STAAU_R2, and bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240, is coupled to the closing of gramicidin-facilitated ion channels in suspended membrane bilayers and hence to a measurable change in the admittance (similar to impedance) of the biosensor. This approach is linear over six order of magnitude of admittance change and is ideally suited for large scale, high through-put screening of small molecule combinatorial libraries.
vi.) Phage display Phage display is a powerful assay to measure protein:protein interaction. In this scheme, proteins or peptides are expressed as fusions with coat proteins or tail proteins of filamentous bacteriophage. A comprehensive monograph on this subject is Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins. A
Laboratory Manual edited by Kay et al. (1996) Academic Press. For phages in the Ff family that include M13 and fd, gene III protein and gene VIII protein are the most commonly-used partners for fusion with foreign protein or peptides.
Phagemids are vectors containing origins of replication both for plasmids and for bacteriophage. Phagemids encoding fusions to the gene III or gene VIII can be rescued from their bacterial hosts with helper phage, resulting in the display of the foreign sequences on the coat or at the tip of the recombinant phage.
In the simplest assay, purified recombinant STAAU~R2 protein, or a fragment of STAAU_R2, could be immobilized in the wells of a microtitre plate and incubated with phages displaying 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 in fusion with the gene III protein. Washing steps are performed to remove unbound phages and bound phages are detected with monoclonal antibodies directed against phage coat protein (gene VIII protein).
An enzyme-linked secondary antibody allows quantitative detection of bound fusion protein by fluorescence, chemiluminescence, or colourimetric conversion.
Screening for inhibitors is performed by the incubation of the compound with the immobilized target before the addition of phages. The presence of an inhibitor will specifically reduce the signal in a dose-dependent manner relative to controls without inhibitor.
It is important to note that in assays of protein-protein interaction, it is possible that a modulator of the interaction need not necessarily interact directly with the domains) of the proteins that physically interact.
It is also possible that a modulator will interact at a location removed from the site of protein-protein interaction and cause, for example, a conformational change in the STAAU_R2 polypeptide. Modulators (inhibitors or agonists) that act in.this manner can be termed allosteric effectors and are of interest since the change they induce may modify the activity of the STAAU_R2 'polypeptide.
b. Assays of STAAU_R2 Functional Activity Non-limiting examples of assays to assess the functional enzymatic activity of STAAU R2, or fragments thereof, variant or homolog thereof, include the measurement of stimulation of in vitro DNA replication.
There are number of methods of measuring the DNA synthesis stimulation of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of STAAU R2.
For example, an assay for STAAU_R2 activity could involved the measurement of radiolabeled nucleotide incorporated into cellular DNA.
Samples (0.5 ml) are withdrawn from cultures at appropriate time intervals and mixed with 4.5 p1 of labeling solution (0.2 pCilml of 3H-thymidine (73 Ci/mmol, NEN Life Science Products, Inc.) and 70 pmol of unlabeled thymidine). After 15 minutes of reaction, incorporation is stopped by adding 5 p1 of 0.2% NaN3 and p1 of 30 pg/ml unlabeled thymidine. Samples are precipitated with 10% (w/v) trichloroacetic acid and filtered through glass fiber filters (GF-C, Whatman).
The results are expressed as 3H-thymidine counts incorporated, normalized to the OD
' of the culture.
DNA synthesis could be measured by using a soluble cell-free in vitro system based on.the use of a variety of difFerent synthetic DNA
substrates.
The replication assay could involved crude or partially purified cellular proteins extracts. The replication assays could be reconstituted with partially pure or pure form of native proteins or recombinantly produced proteins.
In one cell-free in vitro assay, an extract prepared from S.
aureus is supplied to a plasmid substrate, for example a primed circular M13ssDNA substrate, in a reaction , including exogenous radiolabeled deoxynucleotide triphosphates (dATP, dTTP, dGTP and ,dCTP), MgCl2 and ATP.
The reaction is stopped and the products precipitated with trichloroacetic acid, and then filtered. Scintillation counting of the dried filter gives the level of de novo replication.
Another example to assay for STAAU R2 activity is to measure the level of radiolabeled nucleotide incorporated into DNA in a reconstituted in vitro assay using primed circular ssDNA substrate [Bruck and O'Donnell 2000, J. Biol. Chem. 275: 28971-28983]. The replication reactions typically, contained Tris-HCI [pH 7.5], MgCl2, BSA, DTT, ATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dATP, [a.-32P]dTTP, EDTA, glycerol, circular primed M13ssDNA, S. aureus SSB, PoIC, ~, 8 and 8' and increasing amount of STAAU_R2 polypeptide. Reactions were incubated at 37°C for 5 min and quenched upon addition of SDS and EDTA.
Half of the quenched reaction is analyzed for total DNA synthesis using a DE81 filter paper. The other half is analyzed by electrophoresis on agarose gel.
Gels are dried, and radioactive products were visualized following exposure to a phosphorlmager screen for the evaluation of the rate of DNA synthesis and processivity.
Testing for inhibitors, for example 44AHJD ORF 25 and Twort ORF168, is performed by the incubation of the compound with the reaction mixtures. The presence of an inhibitor will specifically reduce the signal in a dose-dependent manner relative to controls without inhibitor. Compounds selected for their ability to inhibit interactions between STAAU R2-44AHJD ORF 25 or STAAU_R2-Twort ORF can be further tested in functional activity assays.
Alternatively, a rapid fluorometric assay that measures the activity of replication enzymes could be developed to measure STAAU R2 activity. The fluorometric assay is based on the preferential binding of a fluorescent dye to double stranded DNA, for example, de novo synthesized DNA, vs. single stranded DNA and it has been described (Seville et al., 1996.
Biotechniques 21:664-672). A reconstituted in vitro assay similar to that described using primed circular ssDNA substrate [Bruck and O'Donnell 2000, J. Biol.
Chem.
275:28971-28983] could be developed. The replication reactions would contain Tris-HCI (pH 7.5], MgCh, BSA, DTT, ATP, dNTPs, EDTA, glycerol, circular primed M13ssDNA, S. aureus SSB, PoIC, ~, S and 8' and increasing amount of STAAU_R2 polypeptide. Reactions are incubated at 37°C for variable times then quenched. The quenched reaction is analyzed for total DNA synthesis by adding PicoGreenT~~ dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR), incubating 5 min at room temperature, and reading the intensity of fluorescence of PicoGreen (~,~, 485 nm;
7~~M, 525 nm). The sensitivity of the dye and the homogeneous nature of the PicoGreen assay should allow rapid screening in a non-radiometric assay format.
Testing for inhibitors, for example of 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF168 or G1 ORF 240 (of fragments or variants thereof), is performed by the incubation of the compound with the reaction mixtures. The presence of an inhibitor will specifically reduce the fluorescence signal in a dose-dependent manner relative to controls without inhibitor. Compounds selected for their ability to inhibit interactions between STAAU R2-44AHJD ORF 25, STAAU_R2-Twort ORF 168 or STAAU R2-G1 ORF 240 can be further tested in functional activity assays.
c. Bacterial growth inhibition Compounds selected for their ability to inhibit interactions between STAAU_R2 and 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240 or to inhibit the STAAU_R2 activity can be further tested in functional assays of bacterial growth. Cultures of S. aureus are grown in the presence of varying concentrations of a candidate compound added directly to the medium or using a vehicle which is appropriate for the delivery of the compound into the cell.
For compounds that correspond to polypeptides, the nucleotide sequence encoding said polypeptides can be cloned into a S. aureus expression vector containing an inducible promotor. The expression of the polypeptide could be induced following transfection of cells. For example, the polypeptide may include, but is not limited to the different 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168 or G1 ORF 240-derived fragments (e.g. with SEQ ID NO: 8).
Following the induction of expression or the addition of compound, the cultures are then incubated for an additional 4 h at 37°C. During that period of time, the effect of inhibitors on bacterial cell growth may be monitored at 40 min intervals, by measuring, for example, the OD565 and the number of colony forming units (CFU) in the cultures. The number of CFU is evaluated as follows: cultures are serially diluted and aliquots from the different cultures are plated out on agar plates. Following incubation overnight at 37°C, the number of colonies is counted. Non-treated cultures of S. aureus are included as negative control.
In another aspect, the present invention relates to a screening kit for identifying agonists, antagonists, ligands, receptors, substrates, enzymes, etc. for a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the present invention; or compounds which decrease or enhance the production of such polypeptides and/or polynucleotides, which comprises: (a) a polypeptide and/or a polynucleotide of the present invention; (b) a recombinant cell expressing a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the present invention; (c) a cell membrane associated with a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the present invention;
or (d) an antibody to a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the present invention; , which polypeptide is preferably that of SEQ ID NO: 2, and for which the polynucleotide is preferably that of SEQ ID NO: 1.
It will be appreciated that in any such kit, (a), (b), (c) or (d) may comprise a substantial component.
It will be readily appreciated by the skilled artisan that a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the present invention may also be used in a method for the structure-based design of an agonist, antagonist or inhibitor of the polypeptide and/or polynucleotide, by: (a) determining in the first instance the three-dimensional structure of the polypeptide andlor polynucleotide, or complexes thereof; (b) deducing the three-dimensional structure for the likely reactive site(s), binding sites) or motifs) of an agonist, antagonist or inhibitor; (c) synthesizing candidate compounds that are predicted to bind to or react with the deduced binding site(s), reactive site(s), and/or motif(s); and (d) testing whether the candidate compounds are indeed agonists, antagonists or inhibitors. It will be further appreciated that this will normally be an iterative process, and this iterative process may be performed using automated and computer-controlled steps.
Each of the polynucleotide sequences provided herein may be used in the discovery and development of antibacterial compounds. The encoded protein, upon expression, can be used as a target for the screening of antibacterial drugs. Additionally, the polynucleotide sequences encoding the amino terminal regions of the encoded protein or Shine-Dalgarno or other sequence that facilitate translation of the respective mRNA can be used to construct antisense sequences to control the expression of the coding sequence of interest.
The invention also provides the use of the polypeptide, polynucleotide, agonist or antagonist of the invention to interfere with the initial physical interaction between a pathogen or pathogens and a eukaryotic, preferably mammalian, host that is responsible for sequelae of infection. In _$Q_ particular, the molecules of the invention may be used: in the prevention of adhesion of bacteria, in particular Gram positive and/or Gram negative bacteria, to eukaryotic, preferably mammalian, extracellular matrix proteins on in-dwelling devices or to eXtracellular matrix proteins in wounds; to block bacterial adhesion between eukaryotic, preferably mammalian, extracellular matrix proteins and bacterial STAAU'R2 proteins that mediate tissue damage and/or; to block the normal progression of pathogenesis in infections initiated other than by the implantation of in-dwelling devices or by other surgical techniques.
In accordance v~ith yet another aspect of the invention, there are provided STAAU_R2 antagonists, preferably bacteriostatic or bacteriocidal antagonists.
The antagonists of the invention may be employed, for instance, to prevent, inhibit and/or treat diseases.
Compositions, kits and administration In a further aspect of the invention there are provided compositions comprising a STAAU_R2 polynucleotide and/or a S. aureus STAAU_R2 polypeptide for administration to a cell or to a multicellular organism.
The present invention provides for pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide, such as the soluble form of a polypeptide and/or polynucleotide of the present invention, antagonist peptide or small molecule compound, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
Such carriers include, but are not limited to, saline, buffered saline, dextrose, water, glycerol, ethanol, and combinations thereof. The pharmaceutical compositions may be administered in any effective, convenient manner including, for instance, administration by topical, oral, anal, vaginal, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intranasal or intradermal routes among others.
In therapy or as a prophylactic, the active agent may be administered to an individual as an injectable composition, for example as a sterile aqueous dispersion, preferably isotonic.
Alternatively the composition may be formulated for topical application for example in the form of ointments, creams, lotions, eye ointments, eye drops, ear drops, mouthwash, impregnated dressings and sutures and aerosols, and may contain appropriate conventional additives, including, for example, preservatives, solvents to assist drug penetration, and emollients in ointments and creams. Such topical formulations may also contain compatible conventional carriers, for example cream or ointment bases, and ethanol or oleyl alcohol for lotions. Such carriers may constitute from about 1 % to about 98%
by weight of the formulation; more usually they will constitute up to about 80%
by weight of the formulation. Alternative means for systemic administration include transmucosal and transdermal administration using penetrants such as bile salts or fusidic acids or other detergents. In addition, if a polypeptide or other compounds of the present invention can be formulated in an enteric or an encapsulated formulation, oral administration may also be possible.
Administration of these compounds may also be topical and/or localized, in the form of salves, pastes, gels, and the like.
For administration to mammals, and particularly humans, it is expected that the daily dosage level of the active agent will be from 0.01 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, typically around 1 mg/kg. The physician in any event will determine the actual dosage that will be most suitable for an individual~and will vary with the age, weight and response of the particular individual. The above dosages are exemplary of the average case. There can, of course, be individual instances where higher or lower dosage ranges are merited, and such are within the scope of this invention.
As used herein, the term "in-dwelling device" refers to surgical implants, prosthetic devices and catheters, i.e., devices that are introduced to the body of an individual and remain in position for an, extended time. Such devices include, but are not limited to, artificial joints, heart valves, pacemakers, vascular grafts, vascular catheters, cerebrospinal fluid shunts, urinary catheters, continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD) catheters.
The composition of the invention may be administered by injection to achieve a systemic effect against relevant bacteria shortly before insertion of an in-dwelling device. Treatment may be continued after surgery during the in-body time of the device. In addition, the composition could also be used to broaden perioperative cover for any surgical technique to prevent bacterial wound infections, especially S. aureus wound infections.
Many orthopedic surgeons consider that humans with prosthetic joints should be considered for antibiotic prophylaxis before dental treatment that could produce a bacteremia. Deep infection is a serious complication sometimes leading to loss of the prosthetic joint and is accompanied by significant morbidity and mortality. It may therefore be possible to extend the use of the active agent as a replacement for prophylactic antibiotics in this situation.
In addition to the therapy described above, the compositions of this invention may be used generally as a wound treatment agent to prevent adhesion of bacteria to matrix proteins exposed in wound tissue and for prophylactic use in dental treatment as an alternative to, or in conjunction with, antibiotic prophylaxis.
Alternatively, the composition of the invention may be used to bathe an indwelling device immediately before insertion. The active agent will preferably be present at a concentration of 1 mg/ml to 10mg/ml for bathing of wounds or indwelling devices.
A vaccine composition is conveniently in injectable form.
Conventional adjuvants may be employed to enhance the immune response. A
suitable unit dose for vaccination is 0.5-5 microgram of antigen /kg, and such dose is preferably administered 1-3 times and with an interval of 1-3 weeks.
With the indicated dose range, no adverse toxicological effects will be observed with the compounds of the invention that would preclude their administration to suitable individuals.
Seauence Databases. Seauences in a Tangible Medium and Algorithms Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences form a valuable information resource with which to determine their 2- and 3-dimensional structures as well as to identify further sequences of homology. These approaches are most easily facilitated by storing the sequence in a computer readable medium and then using the stored data in a known macromolecular structure program or to search a sequence database using well-known searching tools, such as GCC.
The polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the invention are particularly useful as components in databases useful for search analyses as well as in sequence analysis algorithms. As used in this section entitled "Sequence Databases, Sequences in a Tangible Medium, and Algorithms," and in claims related to this section, the terms "polynucleotide of the invention" and "polynucleotide sequence of the invention" mean any detectable chemical or physical characteristic of a polynucleotide of the invention that is or may be reduced to or stored in a tangible medium, preferably a computer readable form. For example, chromatographic scan data or peak data, photographic data or scan data therefrom, called bases, and mass spectrographic data. As used in this section entitled Databases and Algorithms and in claims related thereto, the terms "polypeptide of the invention" and "polypeptide sequence of the invention" mean any detectable chemical or physical characteristic of a polypeptide of the invention that is or may be reduced to or stored in a tangible medium, preferably a computer readable form. For example, chromatographic scan data or peak data, photographic data or scan data . therefrom, and mass spectrographic data.
The invention provides a computer readable medium having stored thereon polypeptide sequences of the invention and/or polynucleotide sequences of the invention. The computer readable medium can be any composition of matter used to store information or data, including, for example, commercially available floppy disks, tapes, chips, hard drives, compact disks, and video disks.
in a preferred embodiment of the invention there is provided a computer readable medium having stored thereon a member selected from the group consisting of: a polynucleotide comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1;
a polypeptide comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2; a set of polynucleotide sequences wherein at least one of said sequences comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1: a set of polypeptide sequences wherein at least one of said sequences comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2; a data set representing a polynucleotide sequence comprising the sequence of SEQ 1D NO: 1; a data set representing a poljrnucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide sequence comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2; a polynucleotide comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1; a polypeptide comprising the sequence of SEQ ID
NO: 2; a set of polynucleotide sequences wherein at least one of said sequences comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1; a set of polypeptide sequences wherein at least one of said sequences comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO:
2; a data set representing a polynucleotide sequence comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1; a data set representing a polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide sequence comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2.
All publications and references, including but not limited to patents and patent applications, cited in this specification are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety as if each individual publication or reference were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference herein as being fully set forth. Any patent application to which this application claims priority is also incorporated by reference herein in its entirety in the manner described above for publications and references.
The present invention is illustrated in further detail by the following non-limiting examples.
Cloning of inhibitory ORFs from bacteriophage genomes We have used the methodology of a previous invention (PCT
International Application W01999/IB99/02040, filed December 3, 1999) to identify inhibitory ORFs from bacteriophage 44AHJD and Twort. The Staphylococcus aureus propagating strain (PS 44A) (Felix d'Herelle Reference Centre #HER
1101, Ottawa, Canada) was used as a host to propagate its respective phage 44AHJD (Felix d'Herelle Reference Centre #HER101). The Staphylococcus propagating strain (PS Twort) obtained from the Felix d'Herelle Reference Centre maintained by Dr H.-W. Ackermann (Quebec, Canada) (#HER 1048) was used as a host to propagate the phage Twort, also obtained from the Felix d'Herelle Reference Centre (#HER 48).
The Staphylococcus aureus propagating strain PS15 (ATCC
27712), obtained from American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA, USA) was used as a host to propagate phage G1. Phage G1 was isolated from a cocktail of S. aureus phages (Bacteriophagum staphylococcum liquidum, lot number 361098) manufactured by BioPharm, Tblisi, Republic of Georgia, by infection of PS15. The cocktail of Staphylococcus aureus phages was purchased from a drugstore in Tblisi.
The inhibitory ORF corresponding to SEQ ID NO: 4, 6 and 10 were amplified by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) from genomic DNA derived from phage 44AHJD, Twort and G1 respectively. As examplified in Fig. 3A for 44AHJD ORF 25 and Twort ORF 168, the PCR products were cloned into pT and pTM, two modified, versions of the pT0021, a sodium arsenite inducible expression vector [Tauriainen et ai., 1997, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 63:4456-4461]. As shown in Fig. 3B, the density of the culture, as assessed by colony forming units (CFU), for S. aureus clones harboring inhibitory ORFs increased over time under non-induced conditions. Similar growth rates were also observed with transformants harboring a non-inhibitory ORF (labeled as 'non killer' on the graphs) under both induced and non-induced conditions. Each graph represents the average obtained from three independent transformants of S. aureus. The expression of 44AHJD ORF 25 and Twort ORF168 inhibit the bacterial growth as observed by the reduction in CFU with time for induced cultures (5.0 uM sodium arsenite). The expression of G1 ORF 240 similarly inhibited the growth of S.
aureus (results not shown).
Identification of a S. aureus protein targeted by bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25 A. Generation of GST/ORF 25 recombinant protein Bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25 was sub-cloned into pGEX
4T-1 (Pharmacia), an expression vector containing the GST moiety. ORF 25 was obtained by digestion of pT/ 44AHJD ORF 25 with BamHl and Sall. The DNA
fragment containing ORF 25 was gel purified by QiaQuickTM spin columns (Qiagen) and ligated into pGEX 4T-1 (which had been previously digested with BamHl and Sall) to generate pGEX 4T GST/ORF 25. Recombinant expression vectors were identified by restriction enzyme analysis of plasmid minipreps.
Large-scale DNA preparations were performed and the resulting insert was sequenced. Test expressions in E. coil BL21 (DE3) Gold cells containing the expression plasmids were performed to identify optimal protein expression conditions. E. coil cells containing the expression constructs were grown in Luria-Bertani Broth at 25°C to an OD6oo of 0.4 to 0.6 and induced with 1 mM
IPTG for _87_ the optimal times and at the optimal temperatures (typically a 2 liter culture of BL21 (DE3) Gold (pGEX 4T/ORF25) grown at 25°C for 3hrs).
B. Fusion protein purification.
Cells containing GST/ORF 25 fusion protein were suspended in 15 ml lysis buffer/liter of cell culture with GST lysis buffer (20 mM Hepes pH 7.2, 500 mM NaCI, 10 % glycerol, 1 mM DTT, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM benzamidine, and 1 PMSF) and lysed using a French pressure cell followed by three bursts of twenty seconds with an ultra-sonicator at 4°C. Triton X-100 was added to the lysate to a final concentration of 0.1 % and mixed for 30 minutes at 4°C. The lysate was centrifuged at 4°C for 30 minutes at 10,000 rpm in a Sorval SS34 rotor.
The supernatant was applied to a 4m1 glutathione sepharose column pre-equilibrated with lysis buffer and allowed to flow by gravity. The column was washed with column volumes of lysis buffer and eluted in 1.5 ml fractions with GST elution buffer (20 mM Hepes pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCI, 10 % glycerol, 1 mM DTT, 0.1 mM
EDTA, and 25 mM reduced glutathione). The fractions were analyzed by SDS-12.5% PAGE (Laemmli) and proteins were visualized by staining with Coomassie Brilliant Blue 8250 stain to assess the amount of eluted GST/ORF 25 protein.
C. AffinifV column preparation.
GST and GST/ORF25 were dialyzed overnight against affinity chromatography buffer (ACB; 20 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 10 % glycerol, 1 mM DTT, and 1 mM EDTA) containing 1 M NaCI. Protein concentrations were determined by Bio-Rad Protein Assay and crosslinked to Affigel 10 resin (Bio-Rad) at protein/resin concentrations of 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml. The crosslinked resin was sequentially incubated in the presence of ethanolamine, and bovine serum albumin (BSA) prior to column packing and equilibration with ACB
containing 100 mM NaCI.
D. S. aureus extract preparation.
Two extracts were prepared from S. aureus cell pellets. One lysate was prepared by French pressure cell lysis followed by sonication, and the _$$_ other by lysostaphin-mediated digestion followed by sonication. The French pressure cell lysate was prepared by suspending 3 g of frozen S. aureus cells in ABC containing 500 mM NaCI, 1 mM PMSF, and 1 mM benzamidine. The suspended cells were subjected to three passes through the French pressure cell followed by 3 sonication bursts of 20 seconds each, made up to 0.1 % Triton X-100, stirred for 30 minutes, and centrifuged at 50,000 rpm for 3 hrs in a Ti70 fixed angle Beckman rotor. The efficiency of cell lysis was low and the resulting lysate (7 ml) contained 2.4 mg/ml protein. The pellet after French pressure cell lysis was subjected to cryogenic grinding in liquid nitrogen in the same buffer with a mortar and pestle. The lysate was made up to 0.1 % Triton X-100, stirred for 30 minutes, and centrifuged at 50,000 rpm for 3 hrs in a Ti70 fixed angle Beckman rotor yielding a lysate (10 ml) containing 2.0 mg/ml protein. The cell lysates were pooled, concentrated to 8 ml, and dialyzed overnight in a 3000 Mr cut-off dialysis membrane against ACB containing 1 mM PMSF, 1 mM benzamidine, and 75 mM
NaCI. The dialyzed protein extract was removed from the dialysis tubing, centrifuged at 10 000 rpm in a Sorval SS34 rotor for 1 hr, and assayed for protein content (Bio-Rad Protein Assay) and salt concentration (conductivity meter).
E. Affinity chromatography.
Affinity chromatography was performed using GST and GST
ORF25 as ligands coupled to Affigel 10 at protein/resin concentrations of 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml. The S. aureus extract was centrifuged at 4°C
in a micro-centrifuge for 15 minutes and 200 u1 was applied to 20 u1 columns containing 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml ligand. ACB containing 100 mM NaCI (200 u1) was applied to a control column containing 2.0 mg/ml ligand. The columns were washed with 10 column volumes ACB containing 100 mM NaCI and sequentially eluted with ACB containing 1 % Triton X-100 and 100 mM NaCI (800 u1), ACB
containing 1 M NaCI (800 u1), and 1 % SDS (160 u1). 40 u1 of each eluate was resolved by SDS-12.5% PAGE (Laemmli) and the protein was visualized by silver stain.
_89_ F. Identification of S. aureus DnaN as an 44AHJD ORF 25 interacting protein Two S. aureus extracts were used for affinity chromatography with each of the ligands. Two extracts used for affinity chromatography, prepared separately, contained 4.0 and 9.0 mg/ml protein. One candidate interacting protein of 48 kDa (PT48) was observed in the 1 % SDS eluates in the initial chromatography experiment (Fig. 4). The candidate protein, PT48 was excised from the SDS-PAGE gels and prepared for tryptic peptide mass determination by MALDI-ToF mass spectrometry [Qin, J., Fenyo, D., Zhao, Y., Hall, W.W., Chao, D.M., Wilson, C.J., Young, R.A. and Chait, B.T. (1997) Anal. Chem. 69, 3995-4001]. High quality mass spectra were obtained (Fig. 5). The PT48 proteins observed in two affinity chromatography experiments were identical as determined by the masses of the tryptic peptides. Computational analysis (http://prowl.rockfeller.edu/cgi-bin/ProFound) of the mass spectrum obtained identities the corresponding ORF in the S, aureus nucleotide sequence in the University of Oklahoma S. aureus genomic database (http://www.genome.ou.edulstaph.html). The identity of that protein which binds specifically to GST ORF25 is the DNA-directed DNA polymerise III beta subunit (Genbank accession #1084187) (Fig. 6).
The identification of S. aureus STAAU_R2 as an interacting partner of bacteriophage 44ADJH ORF 25 was also validated by surface plasmon resonance (Biacore 2000 Biosensor) using purified recombinant polypeptides.
Glutathione-S-transferase (GST)-tagged STAAU_R2 was captured as ligand by an anti-GST antibody which had been covalently coupled to the surface of a CM5 sensor chip; a blank surface with anti-GST antibody and without captured ligand was used as a negative control. Injection of purified 44ADJH ORF 25 protein over the two surfaces indicated specific capture of 44ADJH ORF 25 by immobilized STAAU R2.
Identification of a S. aureus protein targeted by bacteriophage Twort ORF168 A. Generation of GST/ Twort ORF168 recombinant protein Bacteriophage Twort ORF 168 was sub-cloned into pGEX 4T-1. Plasmid (pTM) containing Twort ORF 168 was purified on a Qiagen column and digested with Hindlll, treated with Klenow fragment of E. coli DNA polymerase, and digested with BamHl. The DNA restriction products containing the ORF was gel purified by QiAquick spin column (Qiagen) and ligated into pGEX 4T-1 expression vector (prepared by digestion with Sall, treatment with Klenow fragment of E.
coli DNA polymerase, and digestion with BamH1, followed by gel purification by QiAquick spin columns). Recombinant expression vectors were identified by restriction enzyme analysis of plasmid minipreps, and large-scale DNA
preparations were performed with Qiagen DNA purification columns. Test expressions in E. coli cells containing the expression plasmids were performed to identify optimal protein expression conditions (expressed in BL21 (DE3) Gold cells). E, coli cells containing the expression constructs were grown in Luria-Bertani Broth at 37°C to an OD6oo of 0.4 to 0.6 and induced with 1 mM
IPTG for the optimal times and at the optimal temperatures (2 liters of GST ORF168 at 15°C for 16hrs).
B. Fusion protein purification.
Cells containing GST ORF 168 fusion protein were suspended in 10 ml lysis buffer/liter of cell culture with GST lysis buffer and lysed by three bursts of twenty seconds with an ultra-sonicator at 4°C. The lysate was centrifuged at 4°C for 30 minutes at 10 000 rpm in a Beckman JA25.50 rotor. The supernatant was applied to a 4 ml glutathione sepharose column pre-equilibrated with lysis buffer and allowed to flow by gravity. The column was washed with column volumes of lysis buffer and eluted in 4 ml fractions with GST elution buffer. The fractions were analyzed by 15% SDS-PAGE (Laemmli) and visualized by staining with Coomassie Brilliant Blue 8250 stain.
C. Affinity column preparation.
GST, and GST ORF168 were dialyzed overnight against ACB
at pH 7.9 containing 1 M NaCI. Protein concentrations were determined by Bio-Rad Protein Assay and crosslinked to Affigel 10 resin (Bio-Rad) at protein/resin concentrations of 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml. The resin containing crosslinked protein was washed with ACB containing 1 M NaCI and equilibrated with ACB
containing 100 mM NaCI.
D. S. aureus extract preparation.
Staphylococcus aureus extract was prepared from a cell pellet using a bead beater lysis method and nuclease treatment. A Staphylococcus aureus cell pellet (2.9g) was suspended in 8 ml of 20 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 500 mM
NaCI, 10% glycerol, 10 mM MgS04, 10 mM CaCh, 1 mM DTT, 1 mM PMSF, 1 mM benzamidine, 0.5 mg RNAse A, and 750 units micrococcal nuclease. The cell suspension was added to 15 ml of zirconia/silica glass beads (0.1 mm diameter) at 4°C, and subjected to bead beater pulses (30 seconds on, seconds off, using a super-cooled ice bath at -18°C). The beads were separated from the lysate with a Biorad Econo column (2.5 x 40 cm) and the beads washed with one column volume of lysis buffer. The flow through and the wash were pooled and centrifuged at 20 000 rpm for 1 hrs in a Beckman JA25.50 rotor. The supernatant was removed and dialyzed overnight in a 10 000 Mr dialysis membrane against ACB (20 mM Hepes pH 7.5, 10 % glycerol, 1 mM DTT, and 1 mM EDTA) containing 100 mM NaCI, 1 mM benzamidine, 10 mM MgS04, 10 mM CaCl2, and 1 mM PMSF. The dialyzed protein extract was removed from the dialysis tubing and frozen in one ml aliquots at -70 °C.
E. Affinity chromatoaraphy Affinity chromatography was performed using GST and GST
ORF168 as ligands coupled to Affigel 10 at protein/resin concentrations of 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml. Staphylococcus aureus extracts were centrifuged at 4°C
in a micro-centrifuge for 15 minutes and diluted to 5 mg/ml with ACB
containing ..
100 mM NaCI. 200 ~.I of extract was applied to 40 p.1 columns containing 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml ligand and ACB containing 100 mM NaCI (200 ~,I) was applied to an additional column containing 2.0 mg/ml ligand. The columns were washed twice with ACB containing 100 mM NaCI (2x100 ~I), ACB containing 0.1 Triton X-100 and 100 mM NaCI (200 p1), and sequentially eluted with ACB
containing 1 M NaCI (160 p,1), and 1% SDS (160 ~,I). 65 ~,I of~each eluate was resolved by 16 cm 14 % SDS-PAGE (Laemmli) and the protein was visualized by silver stain.
F. Identification of S. aureus DnaN as a Twort ORF 168 interacting protein One candidate interacting protein of 50 kDa (PT50) was observed to interact with ORF 168. PT50 was observed in both the 1 M NaCI
eluates, and the 1 % SDS eluates of the GST ORF168 chromafiography experiment (Fig. 7A). Approximately 10% of the PT50 was observed in the 1 M
NaCI eluates while 90% was observed in the 1 % SDS eluates. PT50 was not observed in the GST control affinity chromatography experiment (Fig. 7B).
High quality mass spectra were obtained (Fig. 8). The PT50 proteins observed in affinity chromatography experiments were identical as determined by the masses of the tryptic peptides. The identify of that protein which binds specifically to GST ORF 168 is the DNA-directed DNA polymerase III beta subunit (Genbank accession #1084187) (Fig. 9).
Confirmation of the interaction between STAAU R2 and Twort ORF168 by yeast two-hybrid analysis To validate the identification of S. aureus STAAU R2 as an interacting partner of bacteriophage Twort ORF 168 and to identify a specific domain of Twort ORF 168 which participates in the interaction with S. aureus STAAU R2, recombinant Twort ORF 168 protein was subjected to deletion analysis using the yeast two-hybrid system.
~ ~,~ r Jwr A. Generation of Twort ORF 168 and STAAU R2 recombinant polypeptides for yeast two-hybrid analysis.
Bacteriophage Twort ORF 168 was fused either to the carboxyl terminus of the yeast Gal4 DNA binding domain (encoded in the pGBKT7 vector from Clontech Laboratories) or to the yeast Gal4 activation domain (encoded in the pGADT7 vector from Clontech Laboratories). As illustrated in Fig. 10B, the sense strand primer (SEQ ID NO: 11; 5-ccgaaattc_ATGTTATTTTTTAAAGAAAAG-3') is preceded by a EcoRl restriction site; the antisense oligonucleotide (SEQ ID NO: 12; 5'-cgcagatccTCATCGAACTATATCCTTAAT-3') targets the stop codon and is preceded by a BamHl restriction site. The PCR product was purified using the Qiagen PCR purification kit and digested with EcoRl and BamHl. The digested PCR product was ligated to EcoRl- and BamHl-digested pGBKT7 vector, yielding pGBKSTAAU_R2. A similar strategy was used for the cloning of STAAU R2 into the pGADT7 vector yielding pGADSTAAU R2.
Fragment of Twort ORF 168 extending from amino acid residues 5 to 40 was amplified by PCR and cloned using the same strategy. The sense strand primer (SEQ !D NO: 13; 5-ccggaattcAAAGAAAAGTTTTATAATGAAT-3') targets the initiation codon and is preceded by a EcoRl restriction site; the antisense oligonucleotide (SEQ ID
NO:
14; 5'-cgcggatccTCAATCTTCTTCTTCTAATTTCTC-3') targets the stop codon and is preceded by a BamHl restriction site.
The polynucleotide sequence of STAAU R2 was obtained from S, aureus genomic DNA by PCR utilizing oligonucleotide primers that targeted the predicted translation initiation and termination codons of the STAAU_R2 gene (SEQ ID NO: 1).
As illustrated in Fig. 10A, the sense strand primer (SEQ ID
NO: 15; 5-GGGAATTCCATATGATGATGGAATTCACTATTAAA-3') targets the initiation codon and is preceded by a Ndel restriction site; the antisense ~' ° - ~- ° de a o », oligonucleotide (SEQ ID NO: 16; 5'-CGCGGATCC TTAGTAAGTTCTGATTGG-3') targets the stop codon and is preceded by a BamHl restriction site. The PCR
product was purified using the Qiagen PCR purification kit and digested with Ndel and BamHl. The digested PCR product was ligated to Ndel- and BamHl-digested pGADT7 vector (Clontech Laboratories), yielding pGADSTAAU_R2. A similar strategy was used for the cloning of STAAU_R2 into the pGBKT7 vector (Clontech Laboratories), yielding pGBKSTAAU_R2.
8. Yeast two-hybrid analysis As shown in Fig. 11A and B, the pGAD and pGBK plasmids bearing different combinations of constructs (as indicated above each pair of petri plates) were introduced into a yeast strain (AH109, Clontech Laboratories), previously engineered to contain chromosomally-integrated copies of E. coli lack and the selectable HIS3 and ADE2 genes. Co-transformants were plated in parallel on yeast synthetic medium (SD) supplemented with amino acid drop-out lacking tryptophan and leucine (TL minus) and on SD supplemented with amino acid drop-out lacking tryptophan, histidine, adenine and leucine (THAL minus).
Co-transformants harbouring the Twort ORF 168 polypeptide only grew on selective SD THAL minus medium in the presence of STAAU_R2. Induction of the reporter HIS3 and ADE2 genes is dependent upon the interaction of STAAU_R2 with Twort ORF 168 since cotransformants with appropriate control plasmids (pGBKT7LaminC or pGADT7-T) are not viable on SD THAL minus medium.
The interaction of STAAU R2 and Twort ORF 168 was also clearly demonstrated by the observed increase, over the background level, of the [3-galactosidase activity in both Twort ORF 168-STAAU_R2 co-transformants (Fig 11 C samples 1 and 4 respectively). These results are consistent with the interpretation that the S, aureus STAAU_R2 identified herein is the host target of bacteriophage Twort ORF 168.
The interaction of STAAU R2 and a Twort ORF 168-related fragment was also demonstrated (results not shown). A portion of,36 amino acid o~ - i ~ v y . r -.
sequence of Twort ORF 168 extending from amino acids residues 5 to 40 (herein referred to as SEQ ID NO: 8) was found to interact with STAAU R2 since the introduction of appropriate plasmids into host yeast cells resulted in their growth on THAL minus SD medium.
identification of STAAIJ_R2 as targeted by bacteriophage G1 ORF 240 A. Generation of GST/ G1 ORF 240 recombinant protein As shown in Fig.12, the optimal global aligment of G1 ORF
240 and Twort ORF 168 reveals an identity of 29% between the two polypeptides. The optimal local aligment of G1 ORF 240 shows a 47% identity to the polypeptide corresponding to SEQ ID NO: 8.
G1 ORF 240 was cloned into pGEX 4T-1 and the polypeptide was purified as described above. Affinity chromatography was performed using GST and GST ORF240 as ligands coupled to Affigel 10 at protein/resin concentrations of 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mg/ml. Staphylococcus aureus extracts was applied to columns and ACB.containing 100 mM NaCI was applied to an additional column containing 2.0 mg/ml ligand. The columns were washed and sequentially eluted with ACB containing 1 M NaCI, and 1 % SDS. A fraction of each eluate was resolved by 14 % SDS-PAGE and the protein was visualized by silver stain.
One candidate interacting protein was observed to specifically interact with ORF 240 and was shown to correspond to STAAU_R2 (results not shown).
_ _ _ ~c~ m- t,-. _ ._ CONCLUSION
By virtue of the interaction between the inhibitory bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 and the STAAU_R2, the STAAU_R2 gene and its gene product have thus been identified as novel bacterial targets for the screening and identification of anti-bacterial agents and more particularly for anti S. aureus agents. The present invention also provides novel diagnosis, prognosis and therapeutic methods based on STAAU_R2, and/or bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25 and/or Twort ORF 168, G1 ORF 240 and/or a compound identified in accordance with the present invention.
Although the present invention has been described hereinabove by way of preferred embodiments thereof, it can be modified without departing from the spirit and nature of the subject invention as defined in the appended claims.
Claims (43)
1. A method for identifying a compound that is active on a STAAU_R2 polypeptide which comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID
NO: 2, a biologically active fragment thereof, or variant thereof, wherein said amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, biologically active fragment thereof, or variant thereof is capable of binding specifically to a bacteriophage polypeptide sequence, said method comprising: contacting a STAAU_R2 polypeptide in the presence or absence of a candidate compound, and detecting a biological activity of said STAAU_R2 polypeptide, wherein a decrease in the biological activity thereof in the presence of the candidate compound relative to the biological activity in the absence thereof identifies the candidate compound as a compound that is active on the STAAU_ R2 polypeptide.
NO: 2, a biologically active fragment thereof, or variant thereof, wherein said amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, biologically active fragment thereof, or variant thereof is capable of binding specifically to a bacteriophage polypeptide sequence, said method comprising: contacting a STAAU_R2 polypeptide in the presence or absence of a candidate compound, and detecting a biological activity of said STAAU_R2 polypeptide, wherein a decrease in the biological activity thereof in the presence of the candidate compound relative to the biological activity in the absence thereof identifies the candidate compound as a compound that is active on the STAAU_ R2 polypeptide.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein said bacteriophage polypeptide sequence is selected from the group consisting of:
a) SEQ ID NO:4;
b) SEQ ID NO:6;
c) SEQ ID NO:8;
d) SEQ ID NO:10; and e) a fragment or variant of any one of a) to d), wherein the fragment or variant thereof maintains its specific binding capability of interacting with SEQ ID NO:2, fragment or variant thereof.
a) SEQ ID NO:4;
b) SEQ ID NO:6;
c) SEQ ID NO:8;
d) SEQ ID NO:10; and e) a fragment or variant of any one of a) to d), wherein the fragment or variant thereof maintains its specific binding capability of interacting with SEQ ID NO:2, fragment or variant thereof.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein said detecting comprises the act of measuring the binding of said STAAU_R2 polypeptide to said bacteriophage polypeptide wherein said STAAU_R2 polypeptide or said bacteriophage polypeptide is directly or indirectly detectably labeled.
4. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein said detecting comprises measurement by FRET.
5. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein said detecting comprises measurement of fluorescence polarization changes.
6. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein said detecting comprises measurement by surface plasmon resonance.
7. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein said detecting comprises a scintillation proximity assay.
8. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein said detecting comprises a biosensor assay.
9. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein said detecting comprises measurement by phage display.
10. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein said candidate compound is selected from the group consisting of a small molecule, a peptidomimetic compound, and a fragment or derivative of a bacteriophage inhibitor protein.
11. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein said candidate compound is a peptide synthesized by an expression system and purified, or artificially synthesized.
12. A method for identifying a compound active on one of a STAAU_R2 polypeptide, or on a polypeptide derived from a bacteriophage ORF
which specifically interacts with said STAAU_R2 polypeptide comprising:
contacting a first and a second polypeptide in the presence or absence of a candidate compound, wherein said first polypeptide is a STAAU_R2 polypeptide which comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment, or variant thereof, and wherein said second polypeptide is a bacteriophage ORF selected from the group consisting of:
a) SEQ ID NO:4;
b) SEQ ID NO:6;
c) SEQ ID NO:8;
d) SEQ ID NO:10; and e) a fragment or variant of any one of a) to d), wherein the fragment or variant thereof maintains its biological activity; and detecting a biological activity of the first and/or second polypeptide, wherein a decrease in the biological activity thereof in the presence of the candidate compound relative to in the absence thereof identifies the candidate compound as a compound that is active on one of said STAAU_R2 polypeptide or a polypeptide derived from a bacteriophage.
which specifically interacts with said STAAU_R2 polypeptide comprising:
contacting a first and a second polypeptide in the presence or absence of a candidate compound, wherein said first polypeptide is a STAAU_R2 polypeptide which comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment, or variant thereof, and wherein said second polypeptide is a bacteriophage ORF selected from the group consisting of:
a) SEQ ID NO:4;
b) SEQ ID NO:6;
c) SEQ ID NO:8;
d) SEQ ID NO:10; and e) a fragment or variant of any one of a) to d), wherein the fragment or variant thereof maintains its biological activity; and detecting a biological activity of the first and/or second polypeptide, wherein a decrease in the biological activity thereof in the presence of the candidate compound relative to in the absence thereof identifies the candidate compound as a compound that is active on one of said STAAU_R2 polypeptide or a polypeptide derived from a bacteriophage.
13. The method of claim 12, which identifies a compound active on STAAU_R2.
14. The method of claim 12 or 13, wherein said detecting comprises the step of measuring the binding of a candidate compound to said polypeptide, wherein the compound is directly or indirectly detectably labeled.
15. The method of claim 12 or 13, wherein said detecting comprises measurement by FRET.
16. The method of claim 12 or 13, wherein said detecting comprises measurement of fluorescence polarization changes.
17. The method of claim 12 or 13, wherein said detecting comprises measurement by surface plasmon resonance.
18. The method of claim 12 or 13, wherein said detecting comprises a scintillation proximity assay.
19. The method of claim 12 or 13, wherein said detecting comprises a biosensor assay.
20. The method of claim 12 or 13, wherein said detecting comprises measurement by phage display.
21. The method of claim 12 or 13, wherein said active compound is selected from the group consisting of a small molecule, a peptidomimetic compound, and a fragment or derivative of a bacteriophage inhibitor protein.
22. The method of claim 12 or 13, wherein said active compound is a peptide synthesized by an expression system and purified, or artificially synthesized.
23. An agonist or an antagonist of the activity of a STAAU_R2 polypeptide or fragment thereof, or a nucleic acid encoding said polypeptide or fragment thereof.
24. A method of identifying a compound that is active on a STAAU_R2 polypeptide, said method comprising:
contacting a candidate compound with cells expressing a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment or variant thereof, wherein said amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, fragment thereof, or variant thereof is capable of binding specifically to a bacteriophage polypeptide sequence, and detecting a STAAU_R2 activity in said cells, wherein a decrease in said activity in said cells in the presence of said candidate compound is indicative of an inhibition of STAAU_R2 activity by said compound.
contacting a candidate compound with cells expressing a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment or variant thereof, wherein said amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, fragment thereof, or variant thereof is capable of binding specifically to a bacteriophage polypeptide sequence, and detecting a STAAU_R2 activity in said cells, wherein a decrease in said activity in said cells in the presence of said candidate compound is indicative of an inhibition of STAAU_R2 activity by said compound.
25. A method of making an antibacterial compound, comprising the steps of:
determining whether a candidate compound is active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment thereof or variant thereof, or a nucleic acid encoding said polypeptide, wherein said amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, biologically active fragment thereof, or variant thereof is capable of binding specifically to a bacteriophage polypeptide sequence;
synthesizing or purifying said candidate compound in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic effect when administered to an organism infected by a bacterium naturally producing said polypeptide, or nucleic acid encoding same.
determining whether a candidate compound is active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment thereof or variant thereof, or a nucleic acid encoding said polypeptide, wherein said amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, biologically active fragment thereof, or variant thereof is capable of binding specifically to a bacteriophage polypeptide sequence;
synthesizing or purifying said candidate compound in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic effect when administered to an organism infected by a bacterium naturally producing said polypeptide, or nucleic acid encoding same.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein the antibacterial compound is selected from the group consisting of a small molecule, a peptidomimetic compound, and a fragment or derivative of a bacteriophage inhibitor protein.
27. The method of claim 25, wherein the antibacterial compound is a peptide synthesized by an expression system and purified, or artificially synthesized.
28. A method for inhibiting a bacterium, comprising contacting the bacterium with a compound active on a S. aureus polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, or fragment or variant thereof, or a nucleic acid encoding same.
29. The method of claim 28, wherein said compound is selected from the group consisting of:
a) SEQ ID NO:4;
b) SEQ ID NO:6;
c) SEQ ID NO:8;
d) SEQ ID NO:10; and e) a fragment or variant of any one of a) to d), wherein the fragment or variant thereof maintains its specific binding capability of interacting with SEQ ID NO:2, fragment or variant thereof.
a) SEQ ID NO:4;
b) SEQ ID NO:6;
c) SEQ ID NO:8;
d) SEQ ID NO:10; and e) a fragment or variant of any one of a) to d), wherein the fragment or variant thereof maintains its specific binding capability of interacting with SEQ ID NO:2, fragment or variant thereof.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein said contacting is performed in vitro.
31. The method of claim 29, wherein said contacting is performed in vivo in an animal.
32. The method of claim 29, wherein said contacting is performed in combination with existing antimicrobial agents.
33. The method of claim 29, wherein the antibacterial compound is selected from the group consisting of a small molecule, a peptidomimetic compound, and a fragment or derivative of a bacteriophage inhibitor protein.
34. The method of claim 29, wherein the antibacterial compound is a peptide synthesized by an expression system and purified, or artificially synthesized.
35. A method for treating or preventing a bacterial infection in an animal suffering from an infection, comprising administering to the animal a therapeutically effective or prophylactic effective amount of a compound active on a S. aureus polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment or variant thereof, or a nucleic acid encoding said polypeptide.
36. The method of claim 36, wherein said compound is selected from the group consisting of:
a) SEQ ID NO:4;
b) SEQ ID NO:6;
c) SEQ ID NO:8;
d) SEQ ID NO:10; and e) a fragment or variant of any one of a) to d), wherein the fragment or variant thereof maintains its specific binding capability of interacting with SEQ ID NO:2, fragment or variant thereof.
a) SEQ ID NO:4;
b) SEQ ID NO:6;
c) SEQ ID NO:8;
d) SEQ ID NO:10; and e) a fragment or variant of any one of a) to d), wherein the fragment or variant thereof maintains its specific binding capability of interacting with SEQ ID NO:2, fragment or variant thereof.
37. A method of prophylactic treatment to prevent bacterial infection comprising contacting an indwelling device with a compound active on a S. aureus polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, fragment thereof or variant thereof, before its implantation into a mammal, such contacting being sufficient to prevent S. aureus infection at the site of implantation.
38. A method of prophylactic treatment to prevent infection of an animal by a bacterium comprising administering to the animal a compound that is active on a S. aureus polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ
ID NO: 2, or fragment thereof or variant thereof, or a gene encoding said polypeptide in an amount sufficient to reduce adhesion of the bacterium to a tissue surface of a tissue of the mammal.
ID NO: 2, or fragment thereof or variant thereof, or a gene encoding said polypeptide in an amount sufficient to reduce adhesion of the bacterium to a tissue surface of a tissue of the mammal.
39. A composition comprising a STAAU_R2 polypeptide, fragment or variant thereof, and at least one bacteriophage polypeptide selected from a bacteriophage 44AHJD ORF 25, Twort ORF 168-encoded polypeptide, and G1 ORF 240, or a fragment from said bacteriophage polypeptide.
40. A composition comprising two specifically interacting domains, wherein said first domain is derived from a STAAU_R2 polypeptide and said second domain is derived from a polypeptide encoded by a bacteriophage ORF which specifically interacts with said STAAU_R2 polypeptide.
41. A process for producing a pharmaceutical composition comprising: a) carrying out a screening assay of the present invention aimed at identifying a compound that is active on a STAAU_R2 polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, a biologically active fragment thereof, or variant thereof, wherein said STAAU_R2 polypeptide is capable of binding specifically to a second polypeptide derived from a bacteriophage ORF, and wherein the screening assay enables the identification of a candidate compound as a compound that is active on a STAAU_R2 polypeptide when a biologically activity of said STAAU_R2 polypeptide is measurably different in the presence of said candidate compound as compared to in the absence thereof; and b) mixing the compound identified in a) in a pharmaceutically effective amount with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier, thereby producing a pharmaceutical composition.
42. Use of one of: a) a STAAU_R2 polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, a biologically active fragment thereof or variant thereof, wherein said STAAU_R2 polypeptide is capable of binding specifically to a polypeptide derived from a bacteriophage ORF, b) a composition comprising a pair of specifically interacting domains comprised of a polypeptide of STAAU_R2, biologically active fragment thereof or variant thereof and a polypeptide encoded by a bacteriophage ORF which specifically interacts with STAAU_R2; or c) an assay mixture comprising a first polypeptide which comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, biologically active fragment thereof or variant thereof and a second polypeptide encoded by a bacteriophage ORF which specifically interact with each other; for the identification of a compound that is active on a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, biologically active fragment thereof or variant thereof.
43. Use according to claim 42, wherein said compound active on said polypeptide is used for the manufacture of an antibacterial agent or for the manufacture of a medicament for treating or preventing a bacterial infection.
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/727,892 | 2000-11-30 | ||
US09/727,892 US20040091856A1 (en) | 1999-12-01 | 2000-12-01 | DNA sequences from staphylococcus aureus bacteriophage 44AHJD that encode anti-microbial polypeptides |
US88556101A | 2001-06-20 | 2001-06-20 | |
US09/885,561 | 2001-06-20 | ||
PCT/CA2001/001754 WO2002044718A2 (en) | 2000-11-30 | 2001-11-30 | S.aureus protein staau r2, gene encoding it and uses thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2428595A1 true CA2428595A1 (en) | 2002-06-06 |
Family
ID=27111604
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002428595A Abandoned CA2428595A1 (en) | 2000-11-30 | 2001-11-30 | Staphylococcus aureus protein staau_r2, gene encoding it and uses thereof |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1340079A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2004522945A (en) |
AU (2) | AU2042202A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2428595A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2002044718A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN116908265B (en) * | 2023-09-11 | 2023-12-12 | 常州先趋医疗科技有限公司 | Preparation method of electrochemical biosensor for detecting LAMP amplification products of nucleic acids |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2002531107A (en) * | 1998-12-03 | 2002-09-24 | フェージテック,インコーポレーテッド | Development of new antimicrobial agents based on bacteriophage genomics |
CA2396674C (en) * | 1999-12-22 | 2006-07-04 | Phagetech, Inc. | Compositions and methods involving an essential staphylococcus aureus gene and its encoded protein |
-
2001
- 2001-11-30 JP JP2002546211A patent/JP2004522945A/en active Pending
- 2001-11-30 AU AU2042202A patent/AU2042202A/en active Pending
- 2001-11-30 WO PCT/CA2001/001754 patent/WO2002044718A2/en active IP Right Grant
- 2001-11-30 CA CA002428595A patent/CA2428595A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2001-11-30 EP EP01998823A patent/EP1340079A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-11-30 AU AU2002220422A patent/AU2002220422B2/en not_active Ceased
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU2042202A (en) | 2002-06-11 |
AU2002220422B2 (en) | 2007-06-28 |
AU2002220422B9 (en) | 2002-06-11 |
EP1340079A2 (en) | 2003-09-03 |
WO2002044718A3 (en) | 2002-12-12 |
WO2002044718A2 (en) | 2002-06-06 |
JP2004522945A (en) | 2004-07-29 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6660520B2 (en) | Nrde | |
EP0899334A2 (en) | FtsZ polypeptides from Streptococcus pneumoniae | |
CA2433386C (en) | Compositions and methods involving an essential staphylococcus aureus gene and its encoded protein staau_r9 | |
US6251629B1 (en) | ABC transporter | |
US6228584B1 (en) | DexB | |
AU2002220422B2 (en) | S.aureus protein STAAU R2, gene encoding it and uses thereof | |
US7101969B1 (en) | Compositions and methods involving an essential Staphylococcus aureus gene and its encoded protein | |
AU2002224692B2 (en) | Compositions and methods involving an essential staphylococcus aureus gene and its encoded protein STAAU_R4 | |
US20040137516A1 (en) | DNA sequences from staphylococcus aureus bacteriophage 44AHJD that encode anti-microbial polypeptides | |
AU2002220422A1 (en) | S.aureus protein STAAU R2, gene encoding it and uses thereof | |
US6361965B1 (en) | YfiI pseudouridine synthase | |
US6331411B1 (en) | TopA | |
WO2000029547A1 (en) | YfiI PSEUDOURIDINE SYNTHASE | |
CA2396674C (en) | Compositions and methods involving an essential staphylococcus aureus gene and its encoded protein | |
US6194170B1 (en) | MurF of Streptococcus pneumoniae | |
US6432703B1 (en) | RATC from Streptococcus pneumoniae | |
US6261802B1 (en) | Ups (ugc) | |
EP0890644A2 (en) | MurA gene from Staphylococcus aureus encoding DP-N-Acetylglucosamine enolpyruvyl transferase | |
EP0905247A2 (en) | MurF polynucleotides and polypeptides from Staphylococcus | |
EP0892063A2 (en) | Histidine kinase | |
EP1074623A1 (en) | ABC transporter | |
EP1038962A1 (en) | Peptidoglycan biosynthetic gene murF from Streptococcus pneumoniae |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |